1 //===--- SemaExprCXX.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions --------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 /// 10 /// \file 11 /// \brief Implements semantic analysis for C++ expressions. 12 /// 13 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 14 15 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 16 #include "TreeTransform.h" 17 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/RecursiveASTVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/TypeLoc.h" 27 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 29 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" 30 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 31 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 32 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 33 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 34 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 35 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 36 #include "clang/Sema/SemaLambda.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/TemplateDeduction.h" 38 #include "llvm/ADT/APInt.h" 39 #include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h" 40 #include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h" 41 using namespace clang; 42 using namespace sema; 43 44 /// \brief Handle the result of the special case name lookup for inheriting 45 /// constructor declarations. 'NS::X::X' and 'NS::X<...>::X' are treated as 46 /// constructor names in member using declarations, even if 'X' is not the 47 /// name of the corresponding type. 48 ParsedType Sema::getInheritingConstructorName(CXXScopeSpec &SS, 49 SourceLocation NameLoc, 50 IdentifierInfo &Name) { 51 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 52 53 // Convert the nested-name-specifier into a type. 54 QualType Type; 55 switch (NNS->getKind()) { 56 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 57 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 58 Type = QualType(NNS->getAsType(), 0); 59 break; 60 61 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 62 // Strip off the last layer of the nested-name-specifier and build a 63 // typename type for it. 64 assert(NNS->getAsIdentifier() == &Name && "not a constructor name"); 65 Type = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS->getPrefix(), 66 NNS->getAsIdentifier()); 67 break; 68 69 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 70 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 71 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 72 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 73 llvm_unreachable("Nested name specifier is not a type for inheriting ctor"); 74 } 75 76 // This reference to the type is located entirely at the location of the 77 // final identifier in the qualified-id. 78 return CreateParsedType(Type, 79 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Type, NameLoc)); 80 } 81 82 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorName(SourceLocation TildeLoc, 83 IdentifierInfo &II, 84 SourceLocation NameLoc, 85 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 86 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 87 bool EnteringContext) { 88 // Determine where to perform name lookup. 89 90 // FIXME: This area of the standard is very messy, and the current 91 // wording is rather unclear about which scopes we search for the 92 // destructor name; see core issues 399 and 555. Issue 399 in 93 // particular shows where the current description of destructor name 94 // lookup is completely out of line with existing practice, e.g., 95 // this appears to be ill-formed: 96 // 97 // namespace N { 98 // template <typename T> struct S { 99 // ~S(); 100 // }; 101 // } 102 // 103 // void f(N::S<int>* s) { 104 // s->N::S<int>::~S(); 105 // } 106 // 107 // See also PR6358 and PR6359. 108 // For this reason, we're currently only doing the C++03 version of this 109 // code; the C++0x version has to wait until we get a proper spec. 110 QualType SearchType; 111 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 112 bool isDependent = false; 113 bool LookInScope = false; 114 115 if (SS.isInvalid()) 116 return nullptr; 117 118 // If we have an object type, it's because we are in a 119 // pseudo-destructor-expression or a member access expression, and 120 // we know what type we're looking for. 121 if (ObjectTypePtr) 122 SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectTypePtr); 123 124 if (SS.isSet()) { 125 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = SS.getScopeRep(); 126 127 bool AlreadySearched = false; 128 bool LookAtPrefix = true; 129 // C++11 [basic.lookup.qual]p6: 130 // If a pseudo-destructor-name (5.2.4) contains a nested-name-specifier, 131 // the type-names are looked up as types in the scope designated by the 132 // nested-name-specifier. Similarly, in a qualified-id of the form: 133 // 134 // nested-name-specifier[opt] class-name :: ~ class-name 135 // 136 // the second class-name is looked up in the same scope as the first. 137 // 138 // Here, we determine whether the code below is permitted to look at the 139 // prefix of the nested-name-specifier. 140 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 141 if (DC && DC->isFileContext()) { 142 AlreadySearched = true; 143 LookupCtx = DC; 144 isDependent = false; 145 } else if (DC && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 146 LookAtPrefix = false; 147 LookInScope = true; 148 } 149 150 // The second case from the C++03 rules quoted further above. 151 NestedNameSpecifier *Prefix = nullptr; 152 if (AlreadySearched) { 153 // Nothing left to do. 154 } else if (LookAtPrefix && (Prefix = NNS->getPrefix())) { 155 CXXScopeSpec PrefixSS; 156 PrefixSS.Adopt(NestedNameSpecifierLoc(Prefix, SS.location_data())); 157 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(PrefixSS, EnteringContext); 158 isDependent = isDependentScopeSpecifier(PrefixSS); 159 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 160 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 161 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 162 } else { 163 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext); 164 isDependent = LookupCtx && LookupCtx->isDependentContext(); 165 } 166 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) { 167 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 168 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 169 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T 170 // of the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is 171 // also looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the 172 // lookups shall find a name that refers to (possibly 173 // cv-qualified) T. 174 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(SearchType); 175 isDependent = SearchType->isDependentType(); 176 assert((isDependent || !SearchType->isIncompleteType()) && 177 "Caller should have completed object type"); 178 179 LookInScope = true; 180 } else { 181 // Perform lookup into the current scope (only). 182 LookInScope = true; 183 } 184 185 TypeDecl *NonMatchingTypeDecl = nullptr; 186 LookupResult Found(*this, &II, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 187 for (unsigned Step = 0; Step != 2; ++Step) { 188 // Look for the name first in the computed lookup context (if we 189 // have one) and, if that fails to find a match, in the scope (if 190 // we're allowed to look there). 191 Found.clear(); 192 if (Step == 0 && LookupCtx) 193 LookupQualifiedName(Found, LookupCtx); 194 else if (Step == 1 && LookInScope && S) 195 LookupName(Found, S); 196 else 197 continue; 198 199 // FIXME: Should we be suppressing ambiguities here? 200 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 201 return nullptr; 202 203 if (TypeDecl *Type = Found.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>()) { 204 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 205 MarkAnyDeclReferenced(Type->getLocation(), Type, /*OdrUse=*/false); 206 207 if (SearchType.isNull() || SearchType->isDependentType() || 208 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(T, SearchType)) { 209 // We found our type! 210 211 return CreateParsedType(T, 212 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, NameLoc)); 213 } 214 215 if (!SearchType.isNull()) 216 NonMatchingTypeDecl = Type; 217 } 218 219 // If the name that we found is a class template name, and it is 220 // the same name as the template name in the last part of the 221 // nested-name-specifier (if present) or the object type, then 222 // this is the destructor for that class. 223 // FIXME: This is a workaround until we get real drafting for core 224 // issue 399, for which there isn't even an obvious direction. 225 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Found.getAsSingle<ClassTemplateDecl>()) { 226 QualType MemberOfType; 227 if (SS.isSet()) { 228 if (DeclContext *Ctx = computeDeclContext(SS, EnteringContext)) { 229 // Figure out the type of the context, if it has one. 230 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 231 MemberOfType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 232 } 233 } 234 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 235 MemberOfType = SearchType; 236 237 if (MemberOfType.isNull()) 238 continue; 239 240 // We're referring into a class template specialization. If the 241 // class template we found is the same as the template being 242 // specialized, we found what we are looking for. 243 if (const RecordType *Record = MemberOfType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 244 if (ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl *Spec 245 = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(Record->getDecl())) { 246 if (Spec->getSpecializedTemplate()->getCanonicalDecl() == 247 Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 248 return CreateParsedType( 249 MemberOfType, 250 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 251 } 252 253 continue; 254 } 255 256 // We're referring to an unresolved class template 257 // specialization. Determine whether we class template we found 258 // is the same as the template being specialized or, if we don't 259 // know which template is being specialized, that it at least 260 // has the same name. 261 if (const TemplateSpecializationType *SpecType 262 = MemberOfType->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>()) { 263 TemplateName SpecName = SpecType->getTemplateName(); 264 265 // The class template we found is the same template being 266 // specialized. 267 if (TemplateDecl *SpecTemplate = SpecName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 268 if (SpecTemplate->getCanonicalDecl() == Template->getCanonicalDecl()) 269 return CreateParsedType( 270 MemberOfType, 271 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 272 273 continue; 274 } 275 276 // The class template we found has the same name as the 277 // (dependent) template name being specialized. 278 if (DependentTemplateName *DepTemplate 279 = SpecName.getAsDependentTemplateName()) { 280 if (DepTemplate->isIdentifier() && 281 DepTemplate->getIdentifier() == Template->getIdentifier()) 282 return CreateParsedType( 283 MemberOfType, 284 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(MemberOfType, NameLoc)); 285 286 continue; 287 } 288 } 289 } 290 } 291 292 if (isDependent) { 293 // We didn't find our type, but that's okay: it's dependent 294 // anyway. 295 296 // FIXME: What if we have no nested-name-specifier? 297 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), 298 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 299 II, NameLoc); 300 return ParsedType::make(T); 301 } 302 303 if (NonMatchingTypeDecl) { 304 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(NonMatchingTypeDecl); 305 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 306 << T << SearchType; 307 Diag(NonMatchingTypeDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_destructor_type_here) 308 << T; 309 } else if (ObjectTypePtr) 310 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_ident_in_dtor_not_a_type) 311 << &II; 312 else { 313 SemaDiagnosticBuilder DtorDiag = Diag(NameLoc, 314 diag::err_destructor_class_name); 315 if (S) { 316 const DeclContext *Ctx = S->getEntity(); 317 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Class = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx)) 318 DtorDiag << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NameLoc), 319 Class->getNameAsString()); 320 } 321 } 322 323 return nullptr; 324 } 325 326 ParsedType Sema::getDestructorType(const DeclSpec& DS, ParsedType ObjectType) { 327 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || !ObjectType) 328 return nullptr; 329 assert(DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_decltype 330 && "only get destructor types from declspecs"); 331 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 332 QualType SearchType = GetTypeFromParser(ObjectType); 333 if (SearchType->isDependentType() || Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(SearchType, T)) { 334 return ParsedType::make(T); 335 } 336 337 Diag(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), diag::err_destructor_expr_type_mismatch) 338 << T << SearchType; 339 return nullptr; 340 } 341 342 bool Sema::checkLiteralOperatorId(const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 343 const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 344 assert(Name.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId); 345 346 if (!SS.isValid()) 347 return false; 348 349 switch (SS.getScopeRep()->getKind()) { 350 case NestedNameSpecifier::Identifier: 351 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpec: 352 case NestedNameSpecifier::TypeSpecWithTemplate: 353 // Per C++11 [over.literal]p2, literal operators can only be declared at 354 // namespace scope. Therefore, this unqualified-id cannot name anything. 355 // Reject it early, because we have no AST representation for this in the 356 // case where the scope is dependent. 357 Diag(Name.getLocStart(), diag::err_literal_operator_id_outside_namespace) 358 << SS.getScopeRep(); 359 return true; 360 361 case NestedNameSpecifier::Global: 362 case NestedNameSpecifier::Super: 363 case NestedNameSpecifier::Namespace: 364 case NestedNameSpecifier::NamespaceAlias: 365 return false; 366 } 367 368 llvm_unreachable("unknown nested name specifier kind"); 369 } 370 371 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with a type operand. 372 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 373 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 374 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 375 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 376 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 377 // The top-level cv-qualifiers of the lvalue expression or the type-id 378 // that is the operand of typeid are always ignored. 379 // If the type of the type-id is a class type or a reference to a class 380 // type, the class shall be completely-defined. 381 Qualifiers Quals; 382 QualType T 383 = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(Operand->getType().getNonReferenceType(), 384 Quals); 385 if (T->getAs<RecordType>() && 386 RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 387 return ExprError(); 388 389 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) 390 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) << T); 391 392 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, 393 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 394 } 395 396 /// \brief Build a C++ typeid expression with an expression operand. 397 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXTypeId(QualType TypeInfoType, 398 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 399 Expr *E, 400 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 401 bool WasEvaluated = false; 402 if (E && !E->isTypeDependent()) { 403 if (E->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 404 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 405 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 406 E = result.get(); 407 } 408 409 QualType T = E->getType(); 410 if (const RecordType *RecordT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) { 411 CXXRecordDecl *RecordD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RecordT->getDecl()); 412 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 413 // [...] If the type of the expression is a class type, the class 414 // shall be completely-defined. 415 if (RequireCompleteType(TypeidLoc, T, diag::err_incomplete_typeid)) 416 return ExprError(); 417 418 // C++ [expr.typeid]p3: 419 // When typeid is applied to an expression other than an glvalue of a 420 // polymorphic class type [...] [the] expression is an unevaluated 421 // operand. [...] 422 if (RecordD->isPolymorphic() && E->isGLValue()) { 423 // The subexpression is potentially evaluated; switch the context 424 // and recheck the subexpression. 425 ExprResult Result = TransformToPotentiallyEvaluated(E); 426 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 427 E = Result.get(); 428 429 // We require a vtable to query the type at run time. 430 MarkVTableUsed(TypeidLoc, RecordD); 431 WasEvaluated = true; 432 } 433 } 434 435 // C++ [expr.typeid]p4: 436 // [...] If the type of the type-id is a reference to a possibly 437 // cv-qualified type, the result of the typeid expression refers to a 438 // std::type_info object representing the cv-unqualified referenced 439 // type. 440 Qualifiers Quals; 441 QualType UnqualT = Context.getUnqualifiedArrayType(T, Quals); 442 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, UnqualT)) { 443 T = UnqualT; 444 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, UnqualT, CK_NoOp, E->getValueKind()).get(); 445 } 446 } 447 448 if (E->getType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 449 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_variably_modified_typeid) 450 << E->getType()); 451 else if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 452 E->HasSideEffects(Context, WasEvaluated)) { 453 // The expression operand for typeid is in an unevaluated expression 454 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 455 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), WasEvaluated 456 ? diag::warn_side_effects_typeid 457 : diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 458 } 459 460 return new (Context) CXXTypeidExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, 461 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 462 } 463 464 /// ActOnCXXTypeidOfType - Parse typeid( type-id ) or typeid (expression); 465 ExprResult 466 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeid(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 467 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 468 // Find the std::type_info type. 469 if (!getStdNamespace()) 470 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 471 472 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) { 473 IdentifierInfo *TypeInfoII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("type_info"); 474 LookupResult R(*this, TypeInfoII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 475 LookupQualifiedName(R, getStdNamespace()); 476 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 477 // Microsoft's typeinfo doesn't have type_info in std but in the global 478 // namespace if _HAS_EXCEPTIONS is defined to 0. See PR13153. 479 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl && LangOpts.MSVCCompat) { 480 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 481 CXXTypeInfoDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 482 } 483 if (!CXXTypeInfoDecl) 484 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_typeid)); 485 } 486 487 if (!getLangOpts().RTTI) { 488 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_no_typeid_with_fno_rtti)); 489 } 490 491 QualType TypeInfoType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CXXTypeInfoDecl); 492 493 if (isType) { 494 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 495 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 496 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 497 &TInfo); 498 if (T.isNull()) 499 return ExprError(); 500 501 if (!TInfo) 502 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 503 504 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 505 } 506 507 // The operand is an expression. 508 return BuildCXXTypeId(TypeInfoType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 509 } 510 511 /// Grabs __declspec(uuid()) off a type, or returns 0 if we cannot resolve to 512 /// a single GUID. 513 static void 514 getUuidAttrOfType(Sema &SemaRef, QualType QT, 515 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> &UuidAttrs) { 516 // Optionally remove one level of pointer, reference or array indirection. 517 const Type *Ty = QT.getTypePtr(); 518 if (QT->isPointerType() || QT->isReferenceType()) 519 Ty = QT->getPointeeType().getTypePtr(); 520 else if (QT->isArrayType()) 521 Ty = Ty->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe(); 522 523 const auto *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 524 if (!RD) 525 return; 526 527 if (const auto *Uuid = RD->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UuidAttr>()) { 528 UuidAttrs.insert(Uuid); 529 return; 530 } 531 532 // __uuidof can grab UUIDs from template arguments. 533 if (const auto *CTSD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateSpecializationDecl>(RD)) { 534 const TemplateArgumentList &TAL = CTSD->getTemplateArgs(); 535 for (const TemplateArgument &TA : TAL.asArray()) { 536 const UuidAttr *UuidForTA = nullptr; 537 if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Type) 538 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsType(), UuidAttrs); 539 else if (TA.getKind() == TemplateArgument::Declaration) 540 getUuidAttrOfType(SemaRef, TA.getAsDecl()->getType(), UuidAttrs); 541 542 if (UuidForTA) 543 UuidAttrs.insert(UuidForTA); 544 } 545 } 546 } 547 548 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with a type operand. 549 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 550 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 551 TypeSourceInfo *Operand, 552 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 553 StringRef UuidStr; 554 if (!Operand->getType()->isDependentType()) { 555 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 556 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, Operand->getType(), UuidAttrs); 557 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 558 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 559 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 560 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 561 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 562 } 563 564 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), Operand, UuidStr, 565 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 566 } 567 568 /// \brief Build a Microsoft __uuidof expression with an expression operand. 569 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXUuidof(QualType TypeInfoType, 570 SourceLocation TypeidLoc, 571 Expr *E, 572 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 573 StringRef UuidStr; 574 if (!E->getType()->isDependentType()) { 575 if (E->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 576 UuidStr = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"; 577 } else { 578 llvm::SmallSetVector<const UuidAttr *, 1> UuidAttrs; 579 getUuidAttrOfType(*this, E->getType(), UuidAttrs); 580 if (UuidAttrs.empty()) 581 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_without_guid)); 582 if (UuidAttrs.size() > 1) 583 return ExprError(Diag(TypeidLoc, diag::err_uuidof_with_multiple_guids)); 584 UuidStr = UuidAttrs.back()->getGuid(); 585 } 586 } 587 588 return new (Context) CXXUuidofExpr(TypeInfoType.withConst(), E, UuidStr, 589 SourceRange(TypeidLoc, RParenLoc)); 590 } 591 592 /// ActOnCXXUuidof - Parse __uuidof( type-id ) or __uuidof (expression); 593 ExprResult 594 Sema::ActOnCXXUuidof(SourceLocation OpLoc, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 595 bool isType, void *TyOrExpr, SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 596 // If MSVCGuidDecl has not been cached, do the lookup. 597 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) { 598 IdentifierInfo *GuidII = &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("_GUID"); 599 LookupResult R(*this, GuidII, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 600 LookupQualifiedName(R, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 601 MSVCGuidDecl = R.getAsSingle<RecordDecl>(); 602 if (!MSVCGuidDecl) 603 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_need_header_before_ms_uuidof)); 604 } 605 606 QualType GuidType = Context.getTypeDeclType(MSVCGuidDecl); 607 608 if (isType) { 609 // The operand is a type; handle it as such. 610 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = nullptr; 611 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(ParsedType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrExpr), 612 &TInfo); 613 if (T.isNull()) 614 return ExprError(); 615 616 if (!TInfo) 617 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, OpLoc); 618 619 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, TInfo, RParenLoc); 620 } 621 622 // The operand is an expression. 623 return BuildCXXUuidof(GuidType, OpLoc, (Expr*)TyOrExpr, RParenLoc); 624 } 625 626 /// ActOnCXXBoolLiteral - Parse {true,false} literals. 627 ExprResult 628 Sema::ActOnCXXBoolLiteral(SourceLocation OpLoc, tok::TokenKind Kind) { 629 assert((Kind == tok::kw_true || Kind == tok::kw_false) && 630 "Unknown C++ Boolean value!"); 631 return new (Context) 632 CXXBoolLiteralExpr(Kind == tok::kw_true, Context.BoolTy, OpLoc); 633 } 634 635 /// ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral - Parse 'nullptr'. 636 ExprResult 637 Sema::ActOnCXXNullPtrLiteral(SourceLocation Loc) { 638 return new (Context) CXXNullPtrLiteralExpr(Context.NullPtrTy, Loc); 639 } 640 641 /// ActOnCXXThrow - Parse throw expressions. 642 ExprResult 643 Sema::ActOnCXXThrow(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex) { 644 bool IsThrownVarInScope = false; 645 if (Ex) { 646 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 647 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 648 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 649 // 650 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 651 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or catch- 652 // clause parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 653 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 654 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 655 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 656 // exception object 657 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Ex->IgnoreParens())) 658 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(DRE->getDecl())) { 659 if (Var->hasLocalStorage() && !Var->getType().isVolatileQualified()) { 660 for( ; S; S = S->getParent()) { 661 if (S->isDeclScope(Var)) { 662 IsThrownVarInScope = true; 663 break; 664 } 665 666 if (S->getFlags() & 667 (Scope::FnScope | Scope::ClassScope | Scope::BlockScope | 668 Scope::FunctionPrototypeScope | Scope::ObjCMethodScope | 669 Scope::TryScope)) 670 break; 671 } 672 } 673 } 674 } 675 676 return BuildCXXThrow(OpLoc, Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 677 } 678 679 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXThrow(SourceLocation OpLoc, Expr *Ex, 680 bool IsThrownVarInScope) { 681 // Don't report an error if 'throw' is used in system headers. 682 if (!getLangOpts().CXXExceptions && 683 !getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OpLoc)) 684 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_exceptions_disabled) << "throw"; 685 686 if (getCurScope() && getCurScope()->isOpenMPSimdDirectiveScope()) 687 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_omp_simd_region_cannot_use_stmt) << "throw"; 688 689 if (Ex && !Ex->isTypeDependent()) { 690 QualType ExceptionObjectTy = Context.getExceptionObjectType(Ex->getType()); 691 if (CheckCXXThrowOperand(OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, Ex)) 692 return ExprError(); 693 694 // Initialize the exception result. This implicitly weeds out 695 // abstract types or types with inaccessible copy constructors. 696 697 // C++0x [class.copymove]p31: 698 // When certain criteria are met, an implementation is allowed to omit the 699 // copy/move construction of a class object [...] 700 // 701 // - in a throw-expression, when the operand is the name of a 702 // non-volatile automatic object (other than a function or 703 // catch-clause 704 // parameter) whose scope does not extend beyond the end of the 705 // innermost enclosing try-block (if there is one), the copy/move 706 // operation from the operand to the exception object (15.1) can be 707 // omitted by constructing the automatic object directly into the 708 // exception object 709 const VarDecl *NRVOVariable = nullptr; 710 if (IsThrownVarInScope) 711 NRVOVariable = getCopyElisionCandidate(QualType(), Ex, false); 712 713 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeException( 714 OpLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 715 /*NRVO=*/NRVOVariable != nullptr); 716 ExprResult Res = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 717 Entity, NRVOVariable, QualType(), Ex, IsThrownVarInScope); 718 if (Res.isInvalid()) 719 return ExprError(); 720 Ex = Res.get(); 721 } 722 723 return new (Context) 724 CXXThrowExpr(Ex, Context.VoidTy, OpLoc, IsThrownVarInScope); 725 } 726 727 static void 728 collectPublicBases(CXXRecordDecl *RD, 729 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> &SubobjectsSeen, 730 llvm::SmallPtrSetImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &VBases, 731 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> &PublicSubobjectsSeen, 732 bool ParentIsPublic) { 733 for (const CXXBaseSpecifier &BS : RD->bases()) { 734 CXXRecordDecl *BaseDecl = BS.getType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 735 bool NewSubobject; 736 // Virtual bases constitute the same subobject. Non-virtual bases are 737 // always distinct subobjects. 738 if (BS.isVirtual()) 739 NewSubobject = VBases.insert(BaseDecl).second; 740 else 741 NewSubobject = true; 742 743 if (NewSubobject) 744 ++SubobjectsSeen[BaseDecl]; 745 746 // Only add subobjects which have public access throughout the entire chain. 747 bool PublicPath = ParentIsPublic && BS.getAccessSpecifier() == AS_public; 748 if (PublicPath) 749 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(BaseDecl); 750 751 // Recurse on to each base subobject. 752 collectPublicBases(BaseDecl, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 753 PublicPath); 754 } 755 } 756 757 static void getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects( 758 CXXRecordDecl *RD, llvm::SmallVectorImpl<CXXRecordDecl *> &Objects) { 759 llvm::DenseMap<CXXRecordDecl *, unsigned> SubobjectsSeen; 760 llvm::SmallSet<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> VBases; 761 llvm::SetVector<CXXRecordDecl *> PublicSubobjectsSeen; 762 SubobjectsSeen[RD] = 1; 763 PublicSubobjectsSeen.insert(RD); 764 collectPublicBases(RD, SubobjectsSeen, VBases, PublicSubobjectsSeen, 765 /*ParentIsPublic=*/true); 766 767 for (CXXRecordDecl *PublicSubobject : PublicSubobjectsSeen) { 768 // Skip ambiguous objects. 769 if (SubobjectsSeen[PublicSubobject] > 1) 770 continue; 771 772 Objects.push_back(PublicSubobject); 773 } 774 } 775 776 /// CheckCXXThrowOperand - Validate the operand of a throw. 777 bool Sema::CheckCXXThrowOperand(SourceLocation ThrowLoc, 778 QualType ExceptionObjectTy, Expr *E) { 779 // If the type of the exception would be an incomplete type or a pointer 780 // to an incomplete type other than (cv) void the program is ill-formed. 781 QualType Ty = ExceptionObjectTy; 782 bool isPointer = false; 783 if (const PointerType* Ptr = Ty->getAs<PointerType>()) { 784 Ty = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 785 isPointer = true; 786 } 787 if (!isPointer || !Ty->isVoidType()) { 788 if (RequireCompleteType(ThrowLoc, Ty, 789 isPointer ? diag::err_throw_incomplete_ptr 790 : diag::err_throw_incomplete, 791 E->getSourceRange())) 792 return true; 793 794 if (RequireNonAbstractType(ThrowLoc, ExceptionObjectTy, 795 diag::err_throw_abstract_type, E)) 796 return true; 797 } 798 799 // If the exception has class type, we need additional handling. 800 CXXRecordDecl *RD = Ty->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 801 if (!RD) 802 return false; 803 804 // If we are throwing a polymorphic class type or pointer thereof, 805 // exception handling will make use of the vtable. 806 MarkVTableUsed(ThrowLoc, RD); 807 808 // If a pointer is thrown, the referenced object will not be destroyed. 809 if (isPointer) 810 return false; 811 812 // If the class has a destructor, we must be able to call it. 813 if (!RD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) { 814 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD)) { 815 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 816 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 817 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_exception) << Ty); 818 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 819 return true; 820 } 821 } 822 823 // The MSVC ABI creates a list of all types which can catch the exception 824 // object. This list also references the appropriate copy constructor to call 825 // if the object is caught by value and has a non-trivial copy constructor. 826 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 827 // We are only interested in the public, unambiguous bases contained within 828 // the exception object. Bases which are ambiguous or otherwise 829 // inaccessible are not catchable types. 830 llvm::SmallVector<CXXRecordDecl *, 2> UnambiguousPublicSubobjects; 831 getUnambiguousPublicSubobjects(RD, UnambiguousPublicSubobjects); 832 833 for (CXXRecordDecl *Subobject : UnambiguousPublicSubobjects) { 834 // Attempt to lookup the copy constructor. Various pieces of machinery 835 // will spring into action, like template instantiation, which means this 836 // cannot be a simple walk of the class's decls. Instead, we must perform 837 // lookup and overload resolution. 838 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = LookupCopyingConstructor(Subobject, 0); 839 if (!CD) 840 continue; 841 842 // Mark the constructor referenced as it is used by this throw expression. 843 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), CD); 844 845 // Skip this copy constructor if it is trivial, we don't need to record it 846 // in the catchable type data. 847 if (CD->isTrivial()) 848 continue; 849 850 // The copy constructor is non-trivial, create a mapping from this class 851 // type to this constructor. 852 // N.B. The selection of copy constructor is not sensitive to this 853 // particular throw-site. Lookup will be performed at the catch-site to 854 // ensure that the copy constructor is, in fact, accessible (via 855 // friendship or any other means). 856 Context.addCopyConstructorForExceptionObject(Subobject, CD); 857 858 // We don't keep the instantiated default argument expressions around so 859 // we must rebuild them here. 860 for (unsigned I = 1, E = CD->getNumParams(); I != E; ++I) { 861 // Skip any default arguments that we've already instantiated. 862 if (Context.getDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I)) 863 continue; 864 865 Expr *DefaultArg = 866 BuildCXXDefaultArgExpr(ThrowLoc, CD, CD->getParamDecl(I)).get(); 867 Context.addDefaultArgExprForConstructor(CD, I, DefaultArg); 868 } 869 } 870 } 871 872 return false; 873 } 874 875 QualType Sema::getCurrentThisType() { 876 DeclContext *DC = getFunctionLevelDeclContext(); 877 QualType ThisTy = CXXThisTypeOverride; 878 if (CXXMethodDecl *method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(DC)) { 879 if (method && method->isInstance()) 880 ThisTy = method->getThisType(Context); 881 } 882 if (ThisTy.isNull()) { 883 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(CurContext) && 884 CurContext->getParent()->getParent()->isRecord()) { 885 // This is a generic lambda call operator that is being instantiated 886 // within a default initializer - so use the enclosing class as 'this'. 887 // There is no enclosing member function to retrieve the 'this' pointer 888 // from. 889 890 // FIXME: This looks wrong. If we're in a lambda within a lambda within a 891 // default member initializer, we need to recurse up more parents to find 892 // the right context. Looks like we should be walking up to the parent of 893 // the closure type, checking whether that is itself a lambda, and if so, 894 // recursing, until we reach a class or a function that isn't a lambda 895 // call operator. And we should accumulate the constness of *this on the 896 // way. 897 898 QualType ClassTy = Context.getTypeDeclType( 899 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext->getParent()->getParent())); 900 // There are no cv-qualifiers for 'this' within default initializers, 901 // per [expr.prim.general]p4. 902 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(ClassTy); 903 } 904 } 905 // Add const for '* this' capture if not mutable. 906 if (isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext)) { 907 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = getCurLambda(); 908 assert(LSI); 909 if (LSI->isCXXThisCaptured()) { 910 auto C = LSI->getCXXThisCapture(); 911 QualType BaseType = ThisTy->getPointeeType(); 912 if ((C.isThisCapture() && C.isCopyCapture()) && 913 LSI->CallOperator->isConst() && !BaseType.isConstQualified()) { 914 BaseType.addConst(); 915 ThisTy = Context.getPointerType(BaseType); 916 } 917 } 918 } 919 return ThisTy; 920 } 921 922 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::CXXThisScopeRAII(Sema &S, 923 Decl *ContextDecl, 924 unsigned CXXThisTypeQuals, 925 bool Enabled) 926 : S(S), OldCXXThisTypeOverride(S.CXXThisTypeOverride), Enabled(false) 927 { 928 if (!Enabled || !ContextDecl) 929 return; 930 931 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 932 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(ContextDecl)) 933 Record = Template->getTemplatedDecl(); 934 else 935 Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ContextDecl); 936 937 S.CXXThisTypeOverride 938 = S.Context.getPointerType( 939 S.Context.getRecordType(Record).withCVRQualifiers(CXXThisTypeQuals)); 940 941 this->Enabled = true; 942 } 943 944 945 Sema::CXXThisScopeRAII::~CXXThisScopeRAII() { 946 if (Enabled) { 947 S.CXXThisTypeOverride = OldCXXThisTypeOverride; 948 } 949 } 950 951 static Expr *captureThis(Sema &S, ASTContext &Context, RecordDecl *RD, 952 QualType ThisTy, SourceLocation Loc, 953 const bool ByCopy) { 954 QualType CaptureThisTy = ByCopy ? ThisTy->getPointeeType() : ThisTy; 955 956 FieldDecl *Field 957 = FieldDecl::Create(Context, RD, Loc, Loc, nullptr, CaptureThisTy, 958 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(CaptureThisTy, Loc), 959 nullptr, false, ICIS_NoInit); 960 Field->setImplicit(true); 961 Field->setAccess(AS_private); 962 RD->addDecl(Field); 963 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit*/true); 964 if (ByCopy) { 965 Expr *StarThis = S.CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(Loc, 966 UO_Deref, 967 This).get(); 968 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeLambdaCapture( 969 nullptr, CaptureThisTy, Loc); 970 InitializationKind InitKind = InitializationKind::CreateDirect(Loc, Loc, Loc); 971 InitializationSequence Init(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 972 ExprResult ER = Init.Perform(S, Entity, InitKind, StarThis); 973 if (ER.isInvalid()) return nullptr; 974 return ER.get(); 975 } 976 return This; 977 } 978 979 bool Sema::CheckCXXThisCapture(SourceLocation Loc, const bool Explicit, 980 bool BuildAndDiagnose, const unsigned *const FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt, 981 const bool ByCopy) { 982 // We don't need to capture this in an unevaluated context. 983 if (isUnevaluatedContext() && !Explicit) 984 return true; 985 986 assert((!ByCopy || Explicit) && "cannot implicitly capture *this by value"); 987 988 const unsigned MaxFunctionScopesIndex = FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt ? 989 *FunctionScopeIndexToStopAt : FunctionScopes.size() - 1; 990 991 // Check that we can capture the *enclosing object* (referred to by '*this') 992 // by the capturing-entity/closure (lambda/block/etc) at 993 // MaxFunctionScopesIndex-deep on the FunctionScopes stack. 994 995 // Note: The *enclosing object* can only be captured by-value by a 996 // closure that is a lambda, using the explicit notation: 997 // [*this] { ... }. 998 // Every other capture of the *enclosing object* results in its by-reference 999 // capture. 1000 1001 // For a closure 'L' (at MaxFunctionScopesIndex in the FunctionScopes 1002 // stack), we can capture the *enclosing object* only if: 1003 // - 'L' has an explicit byref or byval capture of the *enclosing object* 1004 // - or, 'L' has an implicit capture. 1005 // AND 1006 // -- there is no enclosing closure 1007 // -- or, there is some enclosing closure 'E' that has already captured the 1008 // *enclosing object*, and every intervening closure (if any) between 'E' 1009 // and 'L' can implicitly capture the *enclosing object*. 1010 // -- or, every enclosing closure can implicitly capture the 1011 // *enclosing object* 1012 1013 1014 unsigned NumCapturingClosures = 0; 1015 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; idx != 0; idx--) { 1016 if (CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = 1017 dyn_cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) { 1018 if (CSI->CXXThisCaptureIndex != 0) { 1019 // 'this' is already being captured; there isn't anything more to do. 1020 break; 1021 } 1022 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI); 1023 if (LSI && isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(LSI->CallOperator)) { 1024 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1025 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1026 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1027 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1028 return true; 1029 } 1030 if (CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref || 1031 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval || 1032 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_Block || 1033 CSI->ImpCaptureStyle == CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_CapturedRegion || 1034 (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex)) { 1035 // Regarding (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex): only the first 1036 // iteration through can be an explicit capture, all enclosing closures, 1037 // if any, must perform implicit captures. 1038 1039 // This closure can capture 'this'; continue looking upwards. 1040 NumCapturingClosures++; 1041 continue; 1042 } 1043 // This context can't implicitly capture 'this'; fail out. 1044 if (BuildAndDiagnose) 1045 Diag(Loc, diag::err_this_capture) 1046 << (Explicit && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1047 return true; 1048 } 1049 break; 1050 } 1051 if (!BuildAndDiagnose) return false; 1052 1053 // If we got here, then the closure at MaxFunctionScopesIndex on the 1054 // FunctionScopes stack, can capture the *enclosing object*, so capture it 1055 // (including implicit by-reference captures in any enclosing closures). 1056 1057 // In the loop below, respect the ByCopy flag only for the closure requesting 1058 // the capture (i.e. first iteration through the loop below). Ignore it for 1059 // all enclosing closure's upto NumCapturingClosures (since they must be 1060 // implicitly capturing the *enclosing object* by reference (see loop 1061 // above)). 1062 assert((!ByCopy || 1063 dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[MaxFunctionScopesIndex])) && 1064 "Only a lambda can capture the enclosing object (referred to by " 1065 "*this) by copy"); 1066 // FIXME: We need to delay this marking in PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated 1067 // contexts. 1068 1069 for (unsigned idx = MaxFunctionScopesIndex; NumCapturingClosures; 1070 --idx, --NumCapturingClosures) { 1071 CapturingScopeInfo *CSI = cast<CapturingScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx]); 1072 Expr *ThisExpr = nullptr; 1073 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1074 if (LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = dyn_cast<LambdaScopeInfo>(CSI)) { 1075 // For lambda expressions, build a field and an initializing expression, 1076 // and capture the *enclosing object* by copy only if this is the first 1077 // iteration. 1078 ThisExpr = captureThis(*this, Context, LSI->Lambda, ThisTy, Loc, 1079 ByCopy && idx == MaxFunctionScopesIndex); 1080 1081 } else if (CapturedRegionScopeInfo *RSI 1082 = dyn_cast<CapturedRegionScopeInfo>(FunctionScopes[idx])) 1083 ThisExpr = 1084 captureThis(*this, Context, RSI->TheRecordDecl, ThisTy, Loc, 1085 false/*ByCopy*/); 1086 1087 bool isNested = NumCapturingClosures > 1; 1088 CSI->addThisCapture(isNested, Loc, ThisTy, ThisExpr, ByCopy); 1089 } 1090 return false; 1091 } 1092 1093 ExprResult Sema::ActOnCXXThis(SourceLocation Loc) { 1094 /// C++ 9.3.2: In the body of a non-static member function, the keyword this 1095 /// is a non-lvalue expression whose value is the address of the object for 1096 /// which the function is called. 1097 1098 QualType ThisTy = getCurrentThisType(); 1099 if (ThisTy.isNull()) return Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_this_use); 1100 1101 CheckCXXThisCapture(Loc); 1102 return new (Context) CXXThisExpr(Loc, ThisTy, /*isImplicit=*/false); 1103 } 1104 1105 bool Sema::isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(QualType BaseType) { 1106 // If we're outside the body of a member function, then we'll have a specified 1107 // type for 'this'. 1108 if (CXXThisTypeOverride.isNull()) 1109 return false; 1110 1111 // Determine whether we're looking into a class that's currently being 1112 // defined. 1113 CXXRecordDecl *Class = BaseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 1114 return Class && Class->isBeingDefined(); 1115 } 1116 1117 ExprResult 1118 Sema::ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr(ParsedType TypeRep, 1119 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1120 MultiExprArg exprs, 1121 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1122 if (!TypeRep) 1123 return ExprError(); 1124 1125 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 1126 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(TypeRep, &TInfo); 1127 if (!TInfo) 1128 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Ty, SourceLocation()); 1129 1130 return BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, exprs, RParenLoc); 1131 } 1132 1133 /// ActOnCXXTypeConstructExpr - Parse construction of a specified type. 1134 /// Can be interpreted either as function-style casting ("int(x)") 1135 /// or class type construction ("ClassType(x,y,z)") 1136 /// or creation of a value-initialized type ("int()"). 1137 ExprResult 1138 Sema::BuildCXXTypeConstructExpr(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 1139 SourceLocation LParenLoc, 1140 MultiExprArg Exprs, 1141 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 1142 QualType Ty = TInfo->getType(); 1143 SourceLocation TyBeginLoc = TInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 1144 1145 if (Ty->isDependentType() || CallExpr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Exprs)) { 1146 return CXXUnresolvedConstructExpr::Create(Context, TInfo, LParenLoc, Exprs, 1147 RParenLoc); 1148 } 1149 1150 bool ListInitialization = LParenLoc.isInvalid(); 1151 assert((!ListInitialization || (Exprs.size() == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Exprs[0]))) 1152 && "List initialization must have initializer list as expression."); 1153 SourceRange FullRange = SourceRange(TyBeginLoc, 1154 ListInitialization ? Exprs[0]->getSourceRange().getEnd() : RParenLoc); 1155 1156 // C++ [expr.type.conv]p1: 1157 // If the expression list is a single expression, the type conversion 1158 // expression is equivalent (in definedness, and if defined in meaning) to the 1159 // corresponding cast expression. 1160 if (Exprs.size() == 1 && !ListInitialization) { 1161 Expr *Arg = Exprs[0]; 1162 return BuildCXXFunctionalCastExpr(TInfo, LParenLoc, Arg, RParenLoc); 1163 } 1164 1165 // C++14 [expr.type.conv]p2: The expression T(), where T is a 1166 // simple-type-specifier or typename-specifier for a non-array complete 1167 // object type or the (possibly cv-qualified) void type, creates a prvalue 1168 // of the specified type, whose value is that produced by value-initializing 1169 // an object of type T. 1170 QualType ElemTy = Ty; 1171 if (Ty->isArrayType()) { 1172 if (!ListInitialization) 1173 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, 1174 diag::err_value_init_for_array_type) << FullRange); 1175 ElemTy = Context.getBaseElementType(Ty); 1176 } 1177 1178 if (!ListInitialization && Ty->isFunctionType()) 1179 return ExprError(Diag(TyBeginLoc, diag::err_value_init_for_function_type) 1180 << FullRange); 1181 1182 if (!Ty->isVoidType() && 1183 RequireCompleteType(TyBeginLoc, ElemTy, 1184 diag::err_invalid_incomplete_type_use, FullRange)) 1185 return ExprError(); 1186 1187 if (RequireNonAbstractType(TyBeginLoc, Ty, 1188 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1189 return ExprError(); 1190 1191 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TInfo); 1192 InitializationKind Kind = 1193 Exprs.size() ? ListInitialization 1194 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TyBeginLoc) 1195 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc) 1196 : InitializationKind::CreateValue(TyBeginLoc, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1197 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1198 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Exprs); 1199 1200 if (Result.isInvalid() || !ListInitialization) 1201 return Result; 1202 1203 Expr *Inner = Result.get(); 1204 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BTE = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(Inner)) 1205 Inner = BTE->getSubExpr(); 1206 if (!isa<CXXTemporaryObjectExpr>(Inner)) { 1207 // If we created a CXXTemporaryObjectExpr, that node also represents the 1208 // functional cast. Otherwise, create an explicit cast to represent 1209 // the syntactic form of a functional-style cast that was used here. 1210 // 1211 // FIXME: Creating a CXXFunctionalCastExpr around a CXXConstructExpr 1212 // would give a more consistent AST representation than using a 1213 // CXXTemporaryObjectExpr. It's also weird that the functional cast 1214 // is sometimes handled by initialization and sometimes not. 1215 QualType ResultType = Result.get()->getType(); 1216 Result = CXXFunctionalCastExpr::Create( 1217 Context, ResultType, Expr::getValueKindForType(TInfo->getType()), TInfo, 1218 CK_NoOp, Result.get(), /*Path=*/nullptr, LParenLoc, RParenLoc); 1219 } 1220 1221 return Result; 1222 } 1223 1224 /// doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize - Answers whether the usual 1225 /// operator delete[] for the given type has a size_t parameter. 1226 static bool doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(Sema &S, SourceLocation loc, 1227 QualType allocType) { 1228 const RecordType *record = 1229 allocType->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAs<RecordType>(); 1230 if (!record) return false; 1231 1232 // Try to find an operator delete[] in class scope. 1233 1234 DeclarationName deleteName = 1235 S.Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete); 1236 LookupResult ops(S, deleteName, loc, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 1237 S.LookupQualifiedName(ops, record->getDecl()); 1238 1239 // We're just doing this for information. 1240 ops.suppressDiagnostics(); 1241 1242 // Very likely: there's no operator delete[]. 1243 if (ops.empty()) return false; 1244 1245 // If it's ambiguous, it should be illegal to call operator delete[] 1246 // on this thing, so it doesn't matter if we allocate extra space or not. 1247 if (ops.isAmbiguous()) return false; 1248 1249 LookupResult::Filter filter = ops.makeFilter(); 1250 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1251 NamedDecl *del = filter.next()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 1252 1253 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1254 // A template instance is never a usual deallocation function, 1255 // regardless of its signature. 1256 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(del)) { 1257 filter.erase(); 1258 continue; 1259 } 1260 1261 // C++0x [basic.stc.dynamic.deallocation]p2: 1262 // If class T does not declare [an operator delete[] with one 1263 // parameter] but does declare a member deallocation function 1264 // named operator delete[] with exactly two parameters, the 1265 // second of which has type std::size_t, then this function 1266 // is a usual deallocation function. 1267 if (!cast<CXXMethodDecl>(del)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) { 1268 filter.erase(); 1269 continue; 1270 } 1271 } 1272 filter.done(); 1273 1274 if (!ops.isSingleResult()) return false; 1275 1276 const FunctionDecl *del = cast<FunctionDecl>(ops.getFoundDecl()); 1277 return (del->getNumParams() == 2); 1278 } 1279 1280 /// \brief Parsed a C++ 'new' expression (C++ 5.3.4). 1281 /// 1282 /// E.g.: 1283 /// @code new (memory) int[size][4] @endcode 1284 /// or 1285 /// @code ::new Foo(23, "hello") @endcode 1286 /// 1287 /// \param StartLoc The first location of the expression. 1288 /// \param UseGlobal True if 'new' was prefixed with '::'. 1289 /// \param PlacementLParen Opening paren of the placement arguments. 1290 /// \param PlacementArgs Placement new arguments. 1291 /// \param PlacementRParen Closing paren of the placement arguments. 1292 /// \param TypeIdParens If the type is in parens, the source range. 1293 /// \param D The type to be allocated, as well as array dimensions. 1294 /// \param Initializer The initializing expression or initializer-list, or null 1295 /// if there is none. 1296 ExprResult 1297 Sema::ActOnCXXNew(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 1298 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1299 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1300 Declarator &D, Expr *Initializer) { 1301 bool TypeContainsAuto = D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType(); 1302 1303 Expr *ArraySize = nullptr; 1304 // If the specified type is an array, unwrap it and save the expression. 1305 if (D.getNumTypeObjects() > 0 && 1306 D.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Array) { 1307 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(0); 1308 if (TypeContainsAuto) 1309 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_new_array_of_auto) 1310 << D.getSourceRange()); 1311 if (Chunk.Arr.hasStatic) 1312 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_static_illegal_in_new) 1313 << D.getSourceRange()); 1314 if (!Chunk.Arr.NumElts) 1315 return ExprError(Diag(Chunk.Loc, diag::err_array_new_needs_size) 1316 << D.getSourceRange()); 1317 1318 ArraySize = static_cast<Expr*>(Chunk.Arr.NumElts); 1319 D.DropFirstTypeObject(); 1320 } 1321 1322 // Every dimension shall be of constant size. 1323 if (ArraySize) { 1324 for (unsigned I = 0, N = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I < N; ++I) { 1325 if (D.getTypeObject(I).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Array) 1326 break; 1327 1328 DeclaratorChunk::ArrayTypeInfo &Array = D.getTypeObject(I).Arr; 1329 if (Expr *NumElts = (Expr *)Array.NumElts) { 1330 if (!NumElts->isTypeDependent() && !NumElts->isValueDependent()) { 1331 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1332 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: Every constant-expression in a noptr-new-declarator 1333 // shall be a converted constant expression (5.19) of type std::size_t 1334 // and shall evaluate to a strictly positive value. 1335 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 1336 assert(IntWidth && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1337 llvm::APSInt Value(IntWidth); 1338 Array.NumElts 1339 = CheckConvertedConstantExpression(NumElts, Context.getSizeType(), Value, 1340 CCEK_NewExpr) 1341 .get(); 1342 } else { 1343 Array.NumElts 1344 = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(NumElts, nullptr, 1345 diag::err_new_array_nonconst) 1346 .get(); 1347 } 1348 if (!Array.NumElts) 1349 return ExprError(); 1350 } 1351 } 1352 } 1353 } 1354 1355 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, /*Scope=*/nullptr); 1356 QualType AllocType = TInfo->getType(); 1357 if (D.isInvalidType()) 1358 return ExprError(); 1359 1360 SourceRange DirectInitRange; 1361 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) 1362 DirectInitRange = List->getSourceRange(); 1363 1364 return BuildCXXNew(SourceRange(StartLoc, D.getLocEnd()), UseGlobal, 1365 PlacementLParen, 1366 PlacementArgs, 1367 PlacementRParen, 1368 TypeIdParens, 1369 AllocType, 1370 TInfo, 1371 ArraySize, 1372 DirectInitRange, 1373 Initializer, 1374 TypeContainsAuto); 1375 } 1376 1377 static bool isLegalArrayNewInitializer(CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle Style, 1378 Expr *Init) { 1379 if (!Init) 1380 return true; 1381 if (ParenListExpr *PLE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init)) 1382 return PLE->getNumExprs() == 0; 1383 if (isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Init)) 1384 return true; 1385 else if (CXXConstructExpr *CCE = dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init)) 1386 return !CCE->isListInitialization() && 1387 CCE->getConstructor()->isDefaultConstructor(); 1388 else if (Style == CXXNewExpr::ListInit) { 1389 assert(isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 1390 "Shouldn't create list CXXConstructExprs for arrays."); 1391 return true; 1392 } 1393 return false; 1394 } 1395 1396 ExprResult 1397 Sema::BuildCXXNew(SourceRange Range, bool UseGlobal, 1398 SourceLocation PlacementLParen, 1399 MultiExprArg PlacementArgs, 1400 SourceLocation PlacementRParen, 1401 SourceRange TypeIdParens, 1402 QualType AllocType, 1403 TypeSourceInfo *AllocTypeInfo, 1404 Expr *ArraySize, 1405 SourceRange DirectInitRange, 1406 Expr *Initializer, 1407 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 1408 SourceRange TypeRange = AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 1409 SourceLocation StartLoc = Range.getBegin(); 1410 1411 CXXNewExpr::InitializationStyle initStyle; 1412 if (DirectInitRange.isValid()) { 1413 assert(Initializer && "Have parens but no initializer."); 1414 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::CallInit; 1415 } else if (Initializer && isa<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) 1416 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::ListInit; 1417 else { 1418 assert((!Initializer || isa<ImplicitValueInitExpr>(Initializer) || 1419 isa<CXXConstructExpr>(Initializer)) && 1420 "Initializer expression that cannot have been implicitly created."); 1421 initStyle = CXXNewExpr::NoInit; 1422 } 1423 1424 Expr **Inits = &Initializer; 1425 unsigned NumInits = Initializer ? 1 : 0; 1426 if (ParenListExpr *List = dyn_cast_or_null<ParenListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1427 assert(initStyle == CXXNewExpr::CallInit && "paren init for non-call init"); 1428 Inits = List->getExprs(); 1429 NumInits = List->getNumExprs(); 1430 } 1431 1432 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 1433 if (TypeMayContainAuto && AllocType->isUndeducedType()) { 1434 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit || NumInits == 0) 1435 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_requires_ctor_arg) 1436 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1437 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit || 1438 (NumInits == 1 && isa<InitListExpr>(Inits[0]))) 1439 return ExprError(Diag(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1440 diag::err_auto_new_list_init) 1441 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1442 if (NumInits > 1) { 1443 Expr *FirstBad = Inits[1]; 1444 return ExprError(Diag(FirstBad->getLocStart(), 1445 diag::err_auto_new_ctor_multiple_expressions) 1446 << AllocType << TypeRange); 1447 } 1448 Expr *Deduce = Inits[0]; 1449 QualType DeducedType; 1450 if (DeduceAutoType(AllocTypeInfo, Deduce, DeducedType) == DAR_Failed) 1451 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_auto_new_deduction_failure) 1452 << AllocType << Deduce->getType() 1453 << TypeRange << Deduce->getSourceRange()); 1454 if (DeducedType.isNull()) 1455 return ExprError(); 1456 AllocType = DeducedType; 1457 } 1458 1459 // Per C++0x [expr.new]p5, the type being constructed may be a 1460 // typedef of an array type. 1461 if (!ArraySize) { 1462 if (const ConstantArrayType *Array 1463 = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(AllocType)) { 1464 ArraySize = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Array->getSize(), 1465 Context.getSizeType(), 1466 TypeRange.getEnd()); 1467 AllocType = Array->getElementType(); 1468 } 1469 } 1470 1471 if (CheckAllocatedType(AllocType, TypeRange.getBegin(), TypeRange)) 1472 return ExprError(); 1473 1474 if (initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit && 1475 isStdInitializerList(AllocType, nullptr)) { 1476 Diag(AllocTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 1477 diag::warn_dangling_std_initializer_list) 1478 << /*at end of FE*/0 << Inits[0]->getSourceRange(); 1479 } 1480 1481 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for the allocated 1482 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 1483 AllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1484 AllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 1485 AllocType = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(AllocType, 1486 AllocType->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime()); 1487 } 1488 1489 QualType ResultType = Context.getPointerType(AllocType); 1490 1491 if (ArraySize && ArraySize->getType()->isNonOverloadPlaceholderType()) { 1492 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(ArraySize); 1493 if (result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 1494 ArraySize = result.get(); 1495 } 1496 // C++98 5.3.4p6: "The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have 1497 // integral or enumeration type with a non-negative value." 1498 // C++11 [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] shall be of integral or unscoped 1499 // enumeration type, or a class type for which a single non-explicit 1500 // conversion function to integral or unscoped enumeration type exists. 1501 // C++1y [expr.new]p6: The expression [...] is implicitly converted to 1502 // std::size_t. 1503 if (ArraySize && !ArraySize->isTypeDependent()) { 1504 ExprResult ConvertedSize; 1505 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus14) { 1506 assert(Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth() && "Builtin type of size 0?"); 1507 1508 ConvertedSize = PerformImplicitConversion(ArraySize, Context.getSizeType(), 1509 AA_Converting); 1510 1511 if (!ConvertedSize.isInvalid() && 1512 ArraySize->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()) 1513 // Diagnose the compatibility of this conversion. 1514 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion) 1515 << ArraySize->getType() << 0 << "'size_t'"; 1516 } else { 1517 class SizeConvertDiagnoser : public ICEConvertDiagnoser { 1518 protected: 1519 Expr *ArraySize; 1520 1521 public: 1522 SizeConvertDiagnoser(Expr *ArraySize) 1523 : ICEConvertDiagnoser(/*AllowScopedEnumerations*/false, false, false), 1524 ArraySize(ArraySize) {} 1525 1526 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNotInt(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1527 QualType T) override { 1528 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_not_integral) 1529 << S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 << T; 1530 } 1531 1532 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete( 1533 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1534 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_incomplete_type) 1535 << T << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1536 } 1537 1538 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv( 1539 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T, QualType ConvTy) override { 1540 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 1541 } 1542 1543 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv( 1544 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1545 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1546 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1547 } 1548 1549 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous( 1550 Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, QualType T) override { 1551 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_size_ambiguous_conversion) << T; 1552 } 1553 1554 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous( 1555 Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, QualType ConvTy) override { 1556 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_array_size_conversion) 1557 << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1558 } 1559 1560 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 1561 QualType T, 1562 QualType ConvTy) override { 1563 return S.Diag(Loc, 1564 S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 1565 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_array_size_conversion 1566 : diag::ext_array_size_conversion) 1567 << T << ConvTy->isEnumeralType() << ConvTy; 1568 } 1569 } SizeDiagnoser(ArraySize); 1570 1571 ConvertedSize = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, ArraySize, 1572 SizeDiagnoser); 1573 } 1574 if (ConvertedSize.isInvalid()) 1575 return ExprError(); 1576 1577 ArraySize = ConvertedSize.get(); 1578 QualType SizeType = ArraySize->getType(); 1579 1580 if (!SizeType->isIntegralOrUnscopedEnumerationType()) 1581 return ExprError(); 1582 1583 // C++98 [expr.new]p7: 1584 // The expression in a direct-new-declarator shall have integral type 1585 // with a non-negative value. 1586 // 1587 // Let's see if this is a constant < 0. If so, we reject it out of 1588 // hand. Otherwise, if it's not a constant, we must have an unparenthesized 1589 // array type. 1590 // 1591 // Note: such a construct has well-defined semantics in C++11: it throws 1592 // std::bad_array_new_length. 1593 if (!ArraySize->isValueDependent()) { 1594 llvm::APSInt Value; 1595 // We've already performed any required implicit conversion to integer or 1596 // unscoped enumeration type. 1597 if (ArraySize->isIntegerConstantExpr(Value, Context)) { 1598 if (Value < llvm::APSInt( 1599 llvm::APInt::getNullValue(Value.getBitWidth()), 1600 Value.isUnsigned())) { 1601 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1602 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1603 diag::warn_typecheck_negative_array_new_size) 1604 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1605 else 1606 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1607 diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size) 1608 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1609 } else if (!AllocType->isDependentType()) { 1610 unsigned ActiveSizeBits = 1611 ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, AllocType, Value); 1612 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 1613 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 1614 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1615 diag::warn_array_new_too_large) 1616 << Value.toString(10) 1617 << ArraySize->getSourceRange(); 1618 else 1619 return ExprError(Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), 1620 diag::err_array_too_large) 1621 << Value.toString(10) 1622 << ArraySize->getSourceRange()); 1623 } 1624 } 1625 } else if (TypeIdParens.isValid()) { 1626 // Can't have dynamic array size when the type-id is in parentheses. 1627 Diag(ArraySize->getLocStart(), diag::ext_new_paren_array_nonconst) 1628 << ArraySize->getSourceRange() 1629 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getBegin()) 1630 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(TypeIdParens.getEnd()); 1631 1632 TypeIdParens = SourceRange(); 1633 } 1634 } 1635 1636 // Note that we do *not* convert the argument in any way. It can 1637 // be signed, larger than size_t, whatever. 1638 } 1639 1640 FunctionDecl *OperatorNew = nullptr; 1641 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1642 1643 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1644 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(PlacementArgs) && 1645 FindAllocationFunctions(StartLoc, 1646 SourceRange(PlacementLParen, PlacementRParen), 1647 UseGlobal, AllocType, ArraySize, PlacementArgs, 1648 OperatorNew, OperatorDelete)) 1649 return ExprError(); 1650 1651 // If this is an array allocation, compute whether the usual array 1652 // deallocation function for the type has a size_t parameter. 1653 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 1654 if (ArraySize && !AllocType->isDependentType()) 1655 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize 1656 = doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, AllocType); 1657 1658 SmallVector<Expr *, 8> AllPlaceArgs; 1659 if (OperatorNew) { 1660 const FunctionProtoType *Proto = 1661 OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1662 VariadicCallType CallType = Proto->isVariadic() ? VariadicFunction 1663 : VariadicDoesNotApply; 1664 1665 // We've already converted the placement args, just fill in any default 1666 // arguments. Skip the first parameter because we don't have a corresponding 1667 // argument. 1668 if (GatherArgumentsForCall(PlacementLParen, OperatorNew, Proto, 1, 1669 PlacementArgs, AllPlaceArgs, CallType)) 1670 return ExprError(); 1671 1672 if (!AllPlaceArgs.empty()) 1673 PlacementArgs = AllPlaceArgs; 1674 1675 // FIXME: This is wrong: PlacementArgs misses out the first (size) argument. 1676 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(OperatorNew, PlacementLParen, PlacementArgs); 1677 1678 // FIXME: Missing call to CheckFunctionCall or equivalent 1679 } 1680 1681 // Warn if the type is over-aligned and is being allocated by global operator 1682 // new. 1683 if (PlacementArgs.empty() && OperatorNew && 1684 (OperatorNew->isImplicit() || 1685 (OperatorNew->getLocStart().isValid() && 1686 getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(OperatorNew->getLocStart())))) { 1687 if (unsigned Align = Context.getPreferredTypeAlign(AllocType.getTypePtr())){ 1688 unsigned SuitableAlign = Context.getTargetInfo().getSuitableAlign(); 1689 if (Align > SuitableAlign) 1690 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_overaligned_type) 1691 << AllocType 1692 << unsigned(Align / Context.getCharWidth()) 1693 << unsigned(SuitableAlign / Context.getCharWidth()); 1694 } 1695 } 1696 1697 QualType InitType = AllocType; 1698 // Array 'new' can't have any initializers except empty parentheses. 1699 // Initializer lists are also allowed, in C++11. Rely on the parser for the 1700 // dialect distinction. 1701 if (ResultType->isArrayType() || ArraySize) { 1702 if (!isLegalArrayNewInitializer(initStyle, Initializer)) { 1703 SourceRange InitRange(Inits[0]->getLocStart(), 1704 Inits[NumInits - 1]->getLocEnd()); 1705 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_new_array_init_args) << InitRange; 1706 return ExprError(); 1707 } 1708 if (InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast_or_null<InitListExpr>(Initializer)) { 1709 // We do the initialization typechecking against the array type 1710 // corresponding to the number of initializers + 1 (to also check 1711 // default-initialization). 1712 unsigned NumElements = ILE->getNumInits() + 1; 1713 InitType = Context.getConstantArrayType(AllocType, 1714 llvm::APInt(Context.getTypeSize(Context.getSizeType()), NumElements), 1715 ArrayType::Normal, 0); 1716 } 1717 } 1718 1719 // If we can perform the initialization, and we've not already done so, 1720 // do it now. 1721 if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1722 !Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments( 1723 llvm::makeArrayRef(Inits, NumInits))) { 1724 // C++11 [expr.new]p15: 1725 // A new-expression that creates an object of type T initializes that 1726 // object as follows: 1727 InitializationKind Kind 1728 // - If the new-initializer is omitted, the object is default- 1729 // initialized (8.5); if no initialization is performed, 1730 // the object has indeterminate value 1731 = initStyle == CXXNewExpr::NoInit 1732 ? InitializationKind::CreateDefault(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1733 // - Otherwise, the new-initializer is interpreted according to the 1734 // initialization rules of 8.5 for direct-initialization. 1735 : initStyle == CXXNewExpr::ListInit 1736 ? InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(TypeRange.getBegin()) 1737 : InitializationKind::CreateDirect(TypeRange.getBegin(), 1738 DirectInitRange.getBegin(), 1739 DirectInitRange.getEnd()); 1740 1741 InitializedEntity Entity 1742 = InitializedEntity::InitializeNew(StartLoc, InitType); 1743 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1744 ExprResult FullInit = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, 1745 MultiExprArg(Inits, NumInits)); 1746 if (FullInit.isInvalid()) 1747 return ExprError(); 1748 1749 // FullInit is our initializer; strip off CXXBindTemporaryExprs, because 1750 // we don't want the initialized object to be destructed. 1751 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Binder = 1752 dyn_cast_or_null<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(FullInit.get())) 1753 FullInit = Binder->getSubExpr(); 1754 1755 Initializer = FullInit.get(); 1756 } 1757 1758 // Mark the new and delete operators as referenced. 1759 if (OperatorNew) { 1760 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorNew, StartLoc)) 1761 return ExprError(); 1762 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorNew); 1763 } 1764 if (OperatorDelete) { 1765 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OperatorDelete, StartLoc)) 1766 return ExprError(); 1767 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 1768 } 1769 1770 // C++0x [expr.new]p17: 1771 // If the new expression creates an array of objects of class type, 1772 // access and ambiguity control are done for the destructor. 1773 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1774 if (ArraySize && !BaseAllocType->isDependentType()) { 1775 if (const RecordType *BaseRecordType = BaseAllocType->getAs<RecordType>()) { 1776 if (CXXDestructorDecl *dtor = LookupDestructor( 1777 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(BaseRecordType->getDecl()))) { 1778 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, dtor); 1779 CheckDestructorAccess(StartLoc, dtor, 1780 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) 1781 << BaseAllocType); 1782 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(dtor, StartLoc)) 1783 return ExprError(); 1784 } 1785 } 1786 } 1787 1788 return new (Context) 1789 CXXNewExpr(Context, UseGlobal, OperatorNew, OperatorDelete, 1790 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, PlacementArgs, TypeIdParens, 1791 ArraySize, initStyle, Initializer, ResultType, AllocTypeInfo, 1792 Range, DirectInitRange); 1793 } 1794 1795 /// \brief Checks that a type is suitable as the allocated type 1796 /// in a new-expression. 1797 bool Sema::CheckAllocatedType(QualType AllocType, SourceLocation Loc, 1798 SourceRange R) { 1799 // C++ 5.3.4p1: "[The] type shall be a complete object type, but not an 1800 // abstract class type or array thereof. 1801 if (AllocType->isFunctionType()) 1802 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1803 << AllocType << 0 << R; 1804 else if (AllocType->isReferenceType()) 1805 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_new_type) 1806 << AllocType << 1 << R; 1807 else if (!AllocType->isDependentType() && 1808 RequireCompleteType(Loc, AllocType, diag::err_new_incomplete_type,R)) 1809 return true; 1810 else if (RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, AllocType, 1811 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 1812 return true; 1813 else if (AllocType->isVariablyModifiedType()) 1814 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_variably_modified_new_type) 1815 << AllocType; 1816 else if (unsigned AddressSpace = AllocType.getAddressSpace()) 1817 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_address_space_qualified_new) 1818 << AllocType.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 1819 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) { 1820 if (const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(AllocType)) { 1821 QualType BaseAllocType = Context.getBaseElementType(AT); 1822 if (BaseAllocType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 1823 BaseAllocType->isObjCLifetimeType()) 1824 return Diag(Loc, diag::err_arc_new_array_without_ownership) 1825 << BaseAllocType; 1826 } 1827 } 1828 1829 return false; 1830 } 1831 1832 /// \brief Determine whether the given function is a non-placement 1833 /// deallocation function. 1834 static bool isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 1835 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 1836 return false; 1837 1838 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 1839 return Method->isUsualDeallocationFunction(); 1840 1841 if (FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Delete && 1842 FD->getOverloadedOperator() != OO_Array_Delete) 1843 return false; 1844 1845 if (FD->getNumParams() == 1) 1846 return true; 1847 1848 return S.getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && FD->getNumParams() == 2 && 1849 S.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FD->getParamDecl(1)->getType(), 1850 S.Context.getSizeType()); 1851 } 1852 1853 /// FindAllocationFunctions - Finds the overloads of operator new and delete 1854 /// that are appropriate for the allocation. 1855 bool Sema::FindAllocationFunctions(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 1856 bool UseGlobal, QualType AllocType, 1857 bool IsArray, MultiExprArg PlaceArgs, 1858 FunctionDecl *&OperatorNew, 1859 FunctionDecl *&OperatorDelete) { 1860 // --- Choosing an allocation function --- 1861 // C++ 5.3.4p8 - 14 & 18 1862 // 1) If UseGlobal is true, only look in the global scope. Else, also look 1863 // in the scope of the allocated class. 1864 // 2) If an array size is given, look for operator new[], else look for 1865 // operator new. 1866 // 3) The first argument is always size_t. Append the arguments from the 1867 // placement form. 1868 1869 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> AllocArgs(1 + PlaceArgs.size()); 1870 // We don't care about the actual value of this argument. 1871 // FIXME: Should the Sema create the expression and embed it in the syntax 1872 // tree? Or should the consumer just recalculate the value? 1873 IntegerLiteral Size(Context, llvm::APInt::getNullValue( 1874 Context.getTargetInfo().getPointerWidth(0)), 1875 Context.getSizeType(), 1876 SourceLocation()); 1877 AllocArgs[0] = &Size; 1878 std::copy(PlaceArgs.begin(), PlaceArgs.end(), AllocArgs.begin() + 1); 1879 1880 // C++ [expr.new]p8: 1881 // If the allocated type is a non-array type, the allocation 1882 // function's name is operator new and the deallocation function's 1883 // name is operator delete. If the allocated type is an array 1884 // type, the allocation function's name is operator new[] and the 1885 // deallocation function's name is operator delete[]. 1886 DeclarationName NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1887 IsArray ? OO_Array_New : OO_New); 1888 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 1889 IsArray ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 1890 1891 QualType AllocElemType = Context.getBaseElementType(AllocType); 1892 1893 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1894 CXXRecordDecl *Record 1895 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1896 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, Record, 1897 /*AllowMissing=*/true, OperatorNew)) 1898 return true; 1899 } 1900 1901 if (!OperatorNew) { 1902 // Didn't find a member overload. Look for a global one. 1903 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1904 DeclContext *TUDecl = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1905 bool FallbackEnabled = IsArray && Context.getLangOpts().MSVCCompat; 1906 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1907 /*AllowMissing=*/FallbackEnabled, OperatorNew, 1908 /*Diagnose=*/!FallbackEnabled)) { 1909 if (!FallbackEnabled) 1910 return true; 1911 1912 // MSVC will fall back on trying to find a matching global operator new 1913 // if operator new[] cannot be found. Also, MSVC will leak by not 1914 // generating a call to operator delete or operator delete[], but we 1915 // will not replicate that bug. 1916 NewName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New); 1917 DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete); 1918 if (FindAllocationOverload(StartLoc, Range, NewName, AllocArgs, TUDecl, 1919 /*AllowMissing=*/false, OperatorNew)) 1920 return true; 1921 } 1922 } 1923 1924 // We don't need an operator delete if we're running under 1925 // -fno-exceptions. 1926 if (!getLangOpts().Exceptions) { 1927 OperatorDelete = nullptr; 1928 return false; 1929 } 1930 1931 // C++ [expr.new]p19: 1932 // 1933 // If the new-expression begins with a unary :: operator, the 1934 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global 1935 // scope. Otherwise, if the allocated type is a class type T or an 1936 // array thereof, the deallocation function's name is looked up in 1937 // the scope of T. If this lookup fails to find the name, or if 1938 // the allocated type is not a class type or array thereof, the 1939 // deallocation function's name is looked up in the global scope. 1940 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, DeleteName, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1941 if (AllocElemType->isRecordType() && !UseGlobal) { 1942 CXXRecordDecl *RD 1943 = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(AllocElemType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()); 1944 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, RD); 1945 } 1946 if (FoundDelete.isAmbiguous()) 1947 return true; // FIXME: clean up expressions? 1948 1949 if (FoundDelete.empty()) { 1950 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 1951 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 1952 } 1953 1954 FoundDelete.suppressDiagnostics(); 1955 1956 SmallVector<std::pair<DeclAccessPair,FunctionDecl*>, 2> Matches; 1957 1958 // Whether we're looking for a placement operator delete is dictated 1959 // by whether we selected a placement operator new, not by whether 1960 // we had explicit placement arguments. This matters for things like 1961 // struct A { void *operator new(size_t, int = 0); ... }; 1962 // A *a = new A() 1963 bool isPlacementNew = (!PlaceArgs.empty() || OperatorNew->param_size() != 1); 1964 1965 if (isPlacementNew) { 1966 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 1967 // A declaration of a placement deallocation function matches the 1968 // declaration of a placement allocation function if it has the 1969 // same number of parameters and, after parameter transformations 1970 // (8.3.5), all parameter types except the first are 1971 // identical. [...] 1972 // 1973 // To perform this comparison, we compute the function type that 1974 // the deallocation function should have, and use that type both 1975 // for template argument deduction and for comparison purposes. 1976 // 1977 // FIXME: this comparison should ignore CC and the like. 1978 QualType ExpectedFunctionType; 1979 { 1980 const FunctionProtoType *Proto 1981 = OperatorNew->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 1982 1983 SmallVector<QualType, 4> ArgTypes; 1984 ArgTypes.push_back(Context.VoidPtrTy); 1985 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Proto->getNumParams(); I < N; ++I) 1986 ArgTypes.push_back(Proto->getParamType(I)); 1987 1988 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 1989 EPI.Variadic = Proto->isVariadic(); 1990 1991 ExpectedFunctionType 1992 = Context.getFunctionType(Context.VoidTy, ArgTypes, EPI); 1993 } 1994 1995 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 1996 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 1997 D != DEnd; ++D) { 1998 FunctionDecl *Fn = nullptr; 1999 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTmpl 2000 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) { 2001 // Perform template argument deduction to try to match the 2002 // expected function type. 2003 TemplateDeductionInfo Info(StartLoc); 2004 if (DeduceTemplateArguments(FnTmpl, nullptr, ExpectedFunctionType, Fn, 2005 Info)) 2006 continue; 2007 } else 2008 Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2009 2010 if (Context.hasSameType(Fn->getType(), ExpectedFunctionType)) 2011 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2012 } 2013 } else { 2014 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2015 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2016 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2017 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2018 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2019 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2020 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>((*D)->getUnderlyingDecl())) 2021 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2022 Matches.push_back(std::make_pair(D.getPair(), Fn)); 2023 } 2024 2025 // C++1y [expr.new]p22: 2026 // For a non-placement allocation function, the normal deallocation 2027 // function lookup is used 2028 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2029 // If [...] deallocation function lookup finds both a usual deallocation 2030 // function with only a pointer parameter and a usual deallocation 2031 // function with both a pointer parameter and a size parameter, then the 2032 // selected deallocation function shall be the one with two parameters. 2033 // Otherwise, the selected deallocation function shall be the function 2034 // with one parameter. 2035 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2036 if (Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 1) 2037 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2038 else 2039 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2040 assert(Matches[0].second->getNumParams() == 2 && 2041 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2042 } 2043 } 2044 2045 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2046 // [...] If the lookup finds a single matching deallocation 2047 // function, that function will be called; otherwise, no 2048 // deallocation function will be called. 2049 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2050 OperatorDelete = Matches[0].second; 2051 2052 // C++0x [expr.new]p20: 2053 // If the lookup finds the two-parameter form of a usual 2054 // deallocation function (3.7.4.2) and that function, considered 2055 // as a placement deallocation function, would have been 2056 // selected as a match for the allocation function, the program 2057 // is ill-formed. 2058 if (!PlaceArgs.empty() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 2059 isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, OperatorDelete)) { 2060 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_placement_new_non_placement_delete) 2061 << SourceRange(PlaceArgs.front()->getLocStart(), 2062 PlaceArgs.back()->getLocEnd()); 2063 if (!OperatorDelete->isImplicit()) 2064 Diag(OperatorDelete->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) 2065 << DeleteName; 2066 } else { 2067 CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, FoundDelete.getNamingClass(), 2068 Matches[0].first); 2069 } 2070 } 2071 2072 return false; 2073 } 2074 2075 /// \brief Find an fitting overload for the allocation function 2076 /// in the specified scope. 2077 /// 2078 /// \param StartLoc The location of the 'new' token. 2079 /// \param Range The range of the placement arguments. 2080 /// \param Name The name of the function ('operator new' or 'operator new[]'). 2081 /// \param Args The placement arguments specified. 2082 /// \param Ctx The scope in which we should search; either a class scope or the 2083 /// translation unit. 2084 /// \param AllowMissing If \c true, report an error if we can't find any 2085 /// allocation functions. Otherwise, succeed but don't fill in \p 2086 /// Operator. 2087 /// \param Operator Filled in with the found allocation function. Unchanged if 2088 /// no allocation function was found. 2089 /// \param Diagnose If \c true, issue errors if the allocation function is not 2090 /// usable. 2091 bool Sema::FindAllocationOverload(SourceLocation StartLoc, SourceRange Range, 2092 DeclarationName Name, MultiExprArg Args, 2093 DeclContext *Ctx, 2094 bool AllowMissing, FunctionDecl *&Operator, 2095 bool Diagnose) { 2096 LookupResult R(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2097 LookupQualifiedName(R, Ctx); 2098 if (R.empty()) { 2099 if (AllowMissing || !Diagnose) 2100 return false; 2101 return Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2102 << Name << Range; 2103 } 2104 2105 if (R.isAmbiguous()) 2106 return true; 2107 2108 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 2109 2110 OverloadCandidateSet Candidates(StartLoc, OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Normal); 2111 for (LookupResult::iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2112 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2113 // Even member operator new/delete are implicitly treated as 2114 // static, so don't use AddMemberCandidate. 2115 NamedDecl *D = (*Alloc)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2116 2117 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FnTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) { 2118 AddTemplateOverloadCandidate(FnTemplate, Alloc.getPair(), 2119 /*ExplicitTemplateArgs=*/nullptr, 2120 Args, Candidates, 2121 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2122 continue; 2123 } 2124 2125 FunctionDecl *Fn = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 2126 AddOverloadCandidate(Fn, Alloc.getPair(), Args, Candidates, 2127 /*SuppressUserConversions=*/false); 2128 } 2129 2130 // Do the resolution. 2131 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 2132 switch (Candidates.BestViableFunction(*this, StartLoc, Best)) { 2133 case OR_Success: { 2134 // Got one! 2135 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function; 2136 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, Range, R.getNamingClass(), 2137 Best->FoundDecl, Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2138 return true; 2139 2140 Operator = FnDecl; 2141 return false; 2142 } 2143 2144 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 2145 if (Diagnose) { 2146 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_no_viable_function_in_call) 2147 << Name << Range; 2148 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2149 } 2150 return true; 2151 2152 case OR_Ambiguous: 2153 if (Diagnose) { 2154 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_call) 2155 << Name << Range; 2156 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_ViableCandidates, Args); 2157 } 2158 return true; 2159 2160 case OR_Deleted: { 2161 if (Diagnose) { 2162 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_call) 2163 << Best->Function->isDeleted() 2164 << Name 2165 << getDeletedOrUnavailableSuffix(Best->Function) 2166 << Range; 2167 Candidates.NoteCandidates(*this, OCD_AllCandidates, Args); 2168 } 2169 return true; 2170 } 2171 } 2172 llvm_unreachable("Unreachable, bad result from BestViableFunction"); 2173 } 2174 2175 2176 /// DeclareGlobalNewDelete - Declare the global forms of operator new and 2177 /// delete. These are: 2178 /// @code 2179 /// // C++03: 2180 /// void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2181 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2182 /// void operator delete(void *) throw(); 2183 /// void operator delete[](void *) throw(); 2184 /// // C++11: 2185 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2186 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2187 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2188 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2189 /// // C++1y: 2190 /// void* operator new(std::size_t); 2191 /// void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2192 /// void operator delete(void *) noexcept; 2193 /// void operator delete[](void *) noexcept; 2194 /// void operator delete(void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2195 /// void operator delete[](void *, std::size_t) noexcept; 2196 /// @endcode 2197 /// Note that the placement and nothrow forms of new are *not* implicitly 2198 /// declared. Their use requires including \<new\>. 2199 void Sema::DeclareGlobalNewDelete() { 2200 if (GlobalNewDeleteDeclared) 2201 return; 2202 2203 // C++ [basic.std.dynamic]p2: 2204 // [...] The following allocation and deallocation functions (18.4) are 2205 // implicitly declared in global scope in each translation unit of a 2206 // program 2207 // 2208 // C++03: 2209 // void* operator new(std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2210 // void* operator new[](std::size_t) throw(std::bad_alloc); 2211 // void operator delete(void*) throw(); 2212 // void operator delete[](void*) throw(); 2213 // C++11: 2214 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2215 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2216 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2217 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2218 // C++1y: 2219 // void* operator new(std::size_t); 2220 // void* operator new[](std::size_t); 2221 // void operator delete(void*) noexcept; 2222 // void operator delete[](void*) noexcept; 2223 // void operator delete(void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2224 // void operator delete[](void*, std::size_t) noexcept; 2225 // 2226 // These implicit declarations introduce only the function names operator 2227 // new, operator new[], operator delete, operator delete[]. 2228 // 2229 // Here, we need to refer to std::bad_alloc, so we will implicitly declare 2230 // "std" or "bad_alloc" as necessary to form the exception specification. 2231 // However, we do not make these implicit declarations visible to name 2232 // lookup. 2233 if (!StdBadAlloc && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2234 // The "std::bad_alloc" class has not yet been declared, so build it 2235 // implicitly. 2236 StdBadAlloc = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, TTK_Class, 2237 getOrCreateStdNamespace(), 2238 SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 2239 &PP.getIdentifierTable().get("bad_alloc"), 2240 nullptr); 2241 getStdBadAlloc()->setImplicit(true); 2242 } 2243 2244 GlobalNewDeleteDeclared = true; 2245 2246 QualType VoidPtr = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy); 2247 QualType SizeT = Context.getSizeType(); 2248 2249 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2250 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_New), 2251 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType()); 2252 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2253 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_New), 2254 VoidPtr, SizeT, QualType()); 2255 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2256 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2257 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2258 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2259 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2260 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr); 2261 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation) { 2262 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2263 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Delete), 2264 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2265 DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction( 2266 Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OO_Array_Delete), 2267 Context.VoidTy, VoidPtr, Context.getSizeType()); 2268 } 2269 } 2270 2271 /// DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction - Declares a single implicit global 2272 /// allocation function if it doesn't already exist. 2273 void Sema::DeclareGlobalAllocationFunction(DeclarationName Name, 2274 QualType Return, 2275 QualType Param1, QualType Param2) { 2276 DeclContext *GlobalCtx = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 2277 unsigned NumParams = Param2.isNull() ? 1 : 2; 2278 2279 // Check if this function is already declared. 2280 DeclContext::lookup_result R = GlobalCtx->lookup(Name); 2281 for (DeclContext::lookup_iterator Alloc = R.begin(), AllocEnd = R.end(); 2282 Alloc != AllocEnd; ++Alloc) { 2283 // Only look at non-template functions, as it is the predefined, 2284 // non-templated allocation function we are trying to declare here. 2285 if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Alloc)) { 2286 if (Func->getNumParams() == NumParams) { 2287 QualType InitialParam1Type = 2288 Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(0) 2289 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()); 2290 QualType InitialParam2Type = 2291 NumParams == 2 2292 ? Context.getCanonicalType(Func->getParamDecl(1) 2293 ->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) 2294 : QualType(); 2295 // FIXME: Do we need to check for default arguments here? 2296 if (InitialParam1Type == Param1 && 2297 (NumParams == 1 || InitialParam2Type == Param2)) { 2298 // Make the function visible to name lookup, even if we found it in 2299 // an unimported module. It either is an implicitly-declared global 2300 // allocation function, or is suppressing that function. 2301 Func->setHidden(false); 2302 return; 2303 } 2304 } 2305 } 2306 } 2307 2308 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI; 2309 2310 QualType BadAllocType; 2311 bool HasBadAllocExceptionSpec 2312 = (Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_New || 2313 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_New); 2314 if (HasBadAllocExceptionSpec) { 2315 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 2316 BadAllocType = Context.getTypeDeclType(getStdBadAlloc()); 2317 assert(StdBadAlloc && "Must have std::bad_alloc declared"); 2318 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Type = EST_Dynamic; 2319 EPI.ExceptionSpec.Exceptions = llvm::makeArrayRef(BadAllocType); 2320 } 2321 } else { 2322 EPI.ExceptionSpec = 2323 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? EST_BasicNoexcept : EST_DynamicNone; 2324 } 2325 2326 QualType Params[] = { Param1, Param2 }; 2327 2328 QualType FnType = Context.getFunctionType( 2329 Return, llvm::makeArrayRef(Params, NumParams), EPI); 2330 FunctionDecl *Alloc = 2331 FunctionDecl::Create(Context, GlobalCtx, SourceLocation(), 2332 SourceLocation(), Name, 2333 FnType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, SC_None, false, true); 2334 Alloc->setImplicit(); 2335 2336 // Implicit sized deallocation functions always have default visibility. 2337 Alloc->addAttr(VisibilityAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 2338 VisibilityAttr::Default)); 2339 2340 ParmVarDecl *ParamDecls[2]; 2341 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumParams; ++I) { 2342 ParamDecls[I] = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, Alloc, SourceLocation(), 2343 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2344 Params[I], /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2345 SC_None, nullptr); 2346 ParamDecls[I]->setImplicit(); 2347 } 2348 Alloc->setParams(llvm::makeArrayRef(ParamDecls, NumParams)); 2349 2350 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Alloc); 2351 IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(Alloc, Name); 2352 } 2353 2354 FunctionDecl *Sema::FindUsualDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, 2355 bool CanProvideSize, 2356 DeclarationName Name) { 2357 DeclareGlobalNewDelete(); 2358 2359 LookupResult FoundDelete(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2360 LookupQualifiedName(FoundDelete, Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 2361 2362 // C++ [expr.new]p20: 2363 // [...] Any non-placement deallocation function matches a 2364 // non-placement allocation function. [...] 2365 llvm::SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 2> Matches; 2366 for (LookupResult::iterator D = FoundDelete.begin(), 2367 DEnd = FoundDelete.end(); 2368 D != DEnd; ++D) { 2369 if (FunctionDecl *Fn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*D)) 2370 if (isNonPlacementDeallocationFunction(*this, Fn)) 2371 Matches.push_back(Fn); 2372 } 2373 2374 // C++1y [expr.delete]p?: 2375 // If the type is complete and deallocation function lookup finds both a 2376 // usual deallocation function with only a pointer parameter and a usual 2377 // deallocation function with both a pointer parameter and a size 2378 // parameter, then the selected deallocation function shall be the one 2379 // with two parameters. Otherwise, the selected deallocation function 2380 // shall be the function with one parameter. 2381 if (getLangOpts().SizedDeallocation && Matches.size() == 2) { 2382 unsigned NumArgs = CanProvideSize ? 2 : 1; 2383 if (Matches[0]->getNumParams() != NumArgs) 2384 Matches.erase(Matches.begin()); 2385 else 2386 Matches.erase(Matches.begin() + 1); 2387 assert(Matches[0]->getNumParams() == NumArgs && 2388 "found an unexpected usual deallocation function"); 2389 } 2390 2391 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2392 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2393 2394 assert(Matches.size() == 1 && 2395 "unexpectedly have multiple usual deallocation functions"); 2396 return Matches.front(); 2397 } 2398 2399 bool Sema::FindDeallocationFunction(SourceLocation StartLoc, CXXRecordDecl *RD, 2400 DeclarationName Name, 2401 FunctionDecl* &Operator, bool Diagnose) { 2402 LookupResult Found(*this, Name, StartLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 2403 // Try to find operator delete/operator delete[] in class scope. 2404 LookupQualifiedName(Found, RD); 2405 2406 if (Found.isAmbiguous()) 2407 return true; 2408 2409 Found.suppressDiagnostics(); 2410 2411 SmallVector<DeclAccessPair,4> Matches; 2412 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2413 F != FEnd; ++F) { 2414 NamedDecl *ND = (*F)->getUnderlyingDecl(); 2415 2416 // Ignore template operator delete members from the check for a usual 2417 // deallocation function. 2418 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 2419 continue; 2420 2421 if (cast<CXXMethodDecl>(ND)->isUsualDeallocationFunction()) 2422 Matches.push_back(F.getPair()); 2423 } 2424 2425 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 2426 EraseUnwantedCUDAMatches(dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext), Matches); 2427 2428 // There's exactly one suitable operator; pick it. 2429 if (Matches.size() == 1) { 2430 Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Matches[0]->getUnderlyingDecl()); 2431 2432 if (Operator->isDeleted()) { 2433 if (Diagnose) { 2434 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_deleted_function_use); 2435 NoteDeletedFunction(Operator); 2436 } 2437 return true; 2438 } 2439 2440 if (CheckAllocationAccess(StartLoc, SourceRange(), Found.getNamingClass(), 2441 Matches[0], Diagnose) == AR_inaccessible) 2442 return true; 2443 2444 return false; 2445 2446 // We found multiple suitable operators; complain about the ambiguity. 2447 } else if (!Matches.empty()) { 2448 if (Diagnose) { 2449 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_ambiguous_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2450 << Name << RD; 2451 2452 for (SmallVectorImpl<DeclAccessPair>::iterator 2453 F = Matches.begin(), FEnd = Matches.end(); F != FEnd; ++F) 2454 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2455 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2456 } 2457 return true; 2458 } 2459 2460 // We did find operator delete/operator delete[] declarations, but 2461 // none of them were suitable. 2462 if (!Found.empty()) { 2463 if (Diagnose) { 2464 Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_no_suitable_delete_member_function_found) 2465 << Name << RD; 2466 2467 for (LookupResult::iterator F = Found.begin(), FEnd = Found.end(); 2468 F != FEnd; ++F) 2469 Diag((*F)->getUnderlyingDecl()->getLocation(), 2470 diag::note_member_declared_here) << Name; 2471 } 2472 return true; 2473 } 2474 2475 Operator = nullptr; 2476 return false; 2477 } 2478 2479 namespace { 2480 /// \brief Checks whether delete-expression, and new-expression used for 2481 /// initializing deletee have the same array form. 2482 class MismatchingNewDeleteDetector { 2483 public: 2484 enum MismatchResult { 2485 /// Indicates that there is no mismatch or a mismatch cannot be proven. 2486 NoMismatch, 2487 /// Indicates that variable is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2488 VarInitMismatches, 2489 /// Indicates that member is initialized with mismatching form of \a new. 2490 MemberInitMismatches, 2491 /// Indicates that 1 or more constructors' definitions could not been 2492 /// analyzed, and they will be checked again at the end of translation unit. 2493 AnalyzeLater 2494 }; 2495 2496 /// \param EndOfTU True, if this is the final analysis at the end of 2497 /// translation unit. False, if this is the initial analysis at the point 2498 /// delete-expression was encountered. 2499 explicit MismatchingNewDeleteDetector(bool EndOfTU) 2500 : IsArrayForm(false), Field(nullptr), EndOfTU(EndOfTU), 2501 HasUndefinedConstructors(false) {} 2502 2503 /// \brief Checks whether pointee of a delete-expression is initialized with 2504 /// matching form of new-expression. 2505 /// 2506 /// If return value is \c VarInitMismatches or \c MemberInitMismatches at the 2507 /// point where delete-expression is encountered, then a warning will be 2508 /// issued immediately. If return value is \c AnalyzeLater at the point where 2509 /// delete-expression is seen, then member will be analyzed at the end of 2510 /// translation unit. \c AnalyzeLater is returned iff at least one constructor 2511 /// couldn't be analyzed. If at least one constructor initializes the member 2512 /// with matching type of new, the return value is \c NoMismatch. 2513 MismatchResult analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE); 2514 /// \brief Analyzes a class member. 2515 /// \param Field Class member to analyze. 2516 /// \param DeleteWasArrayForm Array form-ness of the delete-expression used 2517 /// for deleting the \p Field. 2518 MismatchResult analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, bool DeleteWasArrayForm); 2519 /// List of mismatching new-expressions used for initialization of the pointee 2520 llvm::SmallVector<const CXXNewExpr *, 4> NewExprs; 2521 /// Indicates whether delete-expression was in array form. 2522 bool IsArrayForm; 2523 FieldDecl *Field; 2524 2525 private: 2526 const bool EndOfTU; 2527 /// \brief Indicates that there is at least one constructor without body. 2528 bool HasUndefinedConstructors; 2529 /// \brief Returns \c CXXNewExpr from given initialization expression. 2530 /// \param E Expression used for initializing pointee in delete-expression. 2531 /// E can be a single-element \c InitListExpr consisting of new-expression. 2532 const CXXNewExpr *getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E); 2533 /// \brief Returns whether member is initialized with mismatching form of 2534 /// \c new either by the member initializer or in-class initialization. 2535 /// 2536 /// If bodies of all constructors are not visible at the end of translation 2537 /// unit or at least one constructor initializes member with the matching 2538 /// form of \c new, mismatch cannot be proven, and this function will return 2539 /// \c NoMismatch. 2540 MismatchResult analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME); 2541 /// \brief Returns whether variable is initialized with mismatching form of 2542 /// \c new. 2543 /// 2544 /// If variable is initialized with matching form of \c new or variable is not 2545 /// initialized with a \c new expression, this function will return true. 2546 /// If variable is initialized with mismatching form of \c new, returns false. 2547 /// \param D Variable to analyze. 2548 bool hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D); 2549 /// \brief Checks whether the constructor initializes pointee with mismatching 2550 /// form of \c new. 2551 /// 2552 /// Returns true, if member is initialized with matching form of \c new in 2553 /// member initializer list. Returns false, if member is initialized with the 2554 /// matching form of \c new in this constructor's initializer or given 2555 /// constructor isn't defined at the point where delete-expression is seen, or 2556 /// member isn't initialized by the constructor. 2557 bool hasMatchingNewInCtor(const CXXConstructorDecl *CD); 2558 /// \brief Checks whether member is initialized with matching form of 2559 /// \c new in member initializer list. 2560 bool hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(const CXXCtorInitializer *CI); 2561 /// Checks whether member is initialized with mismatching form of \c new by 2562 /// in-class initializer. 2563 MismatchResult analyzeInClassInitializer(); 2564 }; 2565 } 2566 2567 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2568 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeDeleteExpr(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2569 NewExprs.clear(); 2570 assert(DE && "Expected delete-expression"); 2571 IsArrayForm = DE->isArrayForm(); 2572 const Expr *E = DE->getArgument()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2573 if (const MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<const MemberExpr>(E)) { 2574 return analyzeMemberExpr(ME); 2575 } else if (const DeclRefExpr *D = dyn_cast<const DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 2576 if (!hasMatchingVarInit(D)) 2577 return VarInitMismatches; 2578 } 2579 return NoMismatch; 2580 } 2581 2582 const CXXNewExpr * 2583 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(const Expr *E) { 2584 assert(E != nullptr && "Expected a valid initializer expression"); 2585 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 2586 if (const InitListExpr *ILE = dyn_cast<const InitListExpr>(E)) { 2587 if (ILE->getNumInits() == 1) 2588 E = dyn_cast<const CXXNewExpr>(ILE->getInit(0)->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 2589 } 2590 2591 return dyn_cast_or_null<const CXXNewExpr>(E); 2592 } 2593 2594 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtorInit( 2595 const CXXCtorInitializer *CI) { 2596 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2597 if (Field == CI->getMember() && 2598 (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(CI->getInit()))) { 2599 if (NE->isArray() == IsArrayForm) 2600 return true; 2601 else 2602 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2603 } 2604 return false; 2605 } 2606 2607 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingNewInCtor( 2608 const CXXConstructorDecl *CD) { 2609 if (CD->isImplicit()) 2610 return false; 2611 const FunctionDecl *Definition = CD; 2612 if (!CD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && !CD->isDefined(Definition)) { 2613 HasUndefinedConstructors = true; 2614 return EndOfTU; 2615 } 2616 for (const auto *CI : cast<const CXXConstructorDecl>(Definition)->inits()) { 2617 if (hasMatchingNewInCtorInit(CI)) 2618 return true; 2619 } 2620 return false; 2621 } 2622 2623 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2624 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeInClassInitializer() { 2625 assert(Field != nullptr && "This should be called only for members"); 2626 const Expr *InitExpr = Field->getInClassInitializer(); 2627 if (!InitExpr) 2628 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2629 if (const CXXNewExpr *NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(InitExpr)) { 2630 if (NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2631 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2632 return MemberInitMismatches; 2633 } 2634 } 2635 return NoMismatch; 2636 } 2637 2638 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2639 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeField(FieldDecl *Field, 2640 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2641 assert(Field != nullptr && "Analysis requires a valid class member."); 2642 this->Field = Field; 2643 IsArrayForm = DeleteWasArrayForm; 2644 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<const CXXRecordDecl>(Field->getParent()); 2645 for (const auto *CD : RD->ctors()) { 2646 if (hasMatchingNewInCtor(CD)) 2647 return NoMismatch; 2648 } 2649 if (HasUndefinedConstructors) 2650 return EndOfTU ? NoMismatch : AnalyzeLater; 2651 if (!NewExprs.empty()) 2652 return MemberInitMismatches; 2653 return Field->hasInClassInitializer() ? analyzeInClassInitializer() 2654 : NoMismatch; 2655 } 2656 2657 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MismatchResult 2658 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::analyzeMemberExpr(const MemberExpr *ME) { 2659 assert(ME != nullptr && "Expected a member expression"); 2660 if (FieldDecl *F = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 2661 return analyzeField(F, IsArrayForm); 2662 return NoMismatch; 2663 } 2664 2665 bool MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::hasMatchingVarInit(const DeclRefExpr *D) { 2666 const CXXNewExpr *NE = nullptr; 2667 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<const VarDecl>(D->getDecl())) { 2668 if (VD->hasInit() && (NE = getNewExprFromInitListOrExpr(VD->getInit())) && 2669 NE->isArray() != IsArrayForm) { 2670 NewExprs.push_back(NE); 2671 } 2672 } 2673 return NewExprs.empty(); 2674 } 2675 2676 static void 2677 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(Sema &SemaRef, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2678 const MismatchingNewDeleteDetector &Detector) { 2679 SourceLocation EndOfDelete = SemaRef.getLocForEndOfToken(DeleteLoc); 2680 FixItHint H; 2681 if (!Detector.IsArrayForm) 2682 H = FixItHint::CreateInsertion(EndOfDelete, "[]"); 2683 else { 2684 SourceLocation RSquare = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken( 2685 DeleteLoc, tok::l_square, SemaRef.getSourceManager(), 2686 SemaRef.getLangOpts(), true); 2687 if (RSquare.isValid()) 2688 H = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SourceRange(EndOfDelete, RSquare)); 2689 } 2690 SemaRef.Diag(DeleteLoc, diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new) 2691 << Detector.IsArrayForm << H; 2692 2693 for (const auto *NE : Detector.NewExprs) 2694 SemaRef.Diag(NE->getExprLoc(), diag::note_allocated_here) 2695 << Detector.IsArrayForm; 2696 } 2697 2698 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(const CXXDeleteExpr *DE) { 2699 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_mismatched_delete_new, SourceLocation())) 2700 return; 2701 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/false); 2702 switch (Detector.analyzeDeleteExpr(DE)) { 2703 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2704 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: { 2705 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DE->getLocStart(), Detector); 2706 break; 2707 } 2708 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: { 2709 DeleteExprs[Detector.Field].push_back( 2710 std::make_pair(DE->getLocStart(), DE->isArrayForm())); 2711 break; 2712 } 2713 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2714 break; 2715 } 2716 } 2717 2718 void Sema::AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(FieldDecl *Field, SourceLocation DeleteLoc, 2719 bool DeleteWasArrayForm) { 2720 MismatchingNewDeleteDetector Detector(/*EndOfTU=*/true); 2721 switch (Detector.analyzeField(Field, DeleteWasArrayForm)) { 2722 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::VarInitMismatches: 2723 llvm_unreachable("This analysis should have been done for class members."); 2724 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::AnalyzeLater: 2725 llvm_unreachable("Analysis cannot be postponed any point beyond end of " 2726 "translation unit."); 2727 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::MemberInitMismatches: 2728 DiagnoseMismatchedNewDelete(*this, DeleteLoc, Detector); 2729 break; 2730 case MismatchingNewDeleteDetector::NoMismatch: 2731 break; 2732 } 2733 } 2734 2735 /// ActOnCXXDelete - Parsed a C++ 'delete' expression (C++ 5.3.5), as in: 2736 /// @code ::delete ptr; @endcode 2737 /// or 2738 /// @code delete [] ptr; @endcode 2739 ExprResult 2740 Sema::ActOnCXXDelete(SourceLocation StartLoc, bool UseGlobal, 2741 bool ArrayForm, Expr *ExE) { 2742 // C++ [expr.delete]p1: 2743 // The operand shall have a pointer type, or a class type having a single 2744 // non-explicit conversion function to a pointer type. The result has type 2745 // void. 2746 // 2747 // DR599 amends "pointer type" to "pointer to object type" in both cases. 2748 2749 ExprResult Ex = ExE; 2750 FunctionDecl *OperatorDelete = nullptr; 2751 bool ArrayFormAsWritten = ArrayForm; 2752 bool UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = false; 2753 2754 if (!Ex.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 2755 // Perform lvalue-to-rvalue cast, if needed. 2756 Ex = DefaultLvalueConversion(Ex.get()); 2757 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2758 return ExprError(); 2759 2760 QualType Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2761 2762 class DeleteConverter : public ContextualImplicitConverter { 2763 public: 2764 DeleteConverter() : ContextualImplicitConverter(false, true) {} 2765 2766 bool match(QualType ConvType) override { 2767 // FIXME: If we have an operator T* and an operator void*, we must pick 2768 // the operator T*. 2769 if (const PointerType *ConvPtrType = ConvType->getAs<PointerType>()) 2770 if (ConvPtrType->getPointeeType()->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) 2771 return true; 2772 return false; 2773 } 2774 2775 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseNoMatch(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2776 QualType T) override { 2777 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_operand) << T; 2778 } 2779 2780 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseIncomplete(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2781 QualType T) override { 2782 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_incomplete_class_type) << T; 2783 } 2784 2785 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseExplicitConv(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2786 QualType T, 2787 QualType ConvTy) override { 2788 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_delete_explicit_conversion) << T << ConvTy; 2789 } 2790 2791 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteExplicitConv(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2792 QualType ConvTy) override { 2793 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2794 << ConvTy; 2795 } 2796 2797 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseAmbiguous(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2798 QualType T) override { 2799 return S.Diag(Loc, diag::err_ambiguous_delete_operand) << T; 2800 } 2801 2802 SemaDiagnosticBuilder noteAmbiguous(Sema &S, CXXConversionDecl *Conv, 2803 QualType ConvTy) override { 2804 return S.Diag(Conv->getLocation(), diag::note_delete_conversion) 2805 << ConvTy; 2806 } 2807 2808 SemaDiagnosticBuilder diagnoseConversion(Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc, 2809 QualType T, 2810 QualType ConvTy) override { 2811 llvm_unreachable("conversion functions are permitted"); 2812 } 2813 } Converter; 2814 2815 Ex = PerformContextualImplicitConversion(StartLoc, Ex.get(), Converter); 2816 if (Ex.isInvalid()) 2817 return ExprError(); 2818 Type = Ex.get()->getType(); 2819 if (!Converter.match(Type)) 2820 // FIXME: PerformContextualImplicitConversion should return ExprError 2821 // itself in this case. 2822 return ExprError(); 2823 2824 QualType Pointee = Type->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 2825 QualType PointeeElem = Context.getBaseElementType(Pointee); 2826 2827 if (unsigned AddressSpace = Pointee.getAddressSpace()) 2828 return Diag(Ex.get()->getLocStart(), 2829 diag::err_address_space_qualified_delete) 2830 << Pointee.getUnqualifiedType() << AddressSpace; 2831 2832 CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = nullptr; 2833 if (Pointee->isVoidType() && !isSFINAEContext()) { 2834 // The C++ standard bans deleting a pointer to a non-object type, which 2835 // effectively bans deletion of "void*". However, most compilers support 2836 // this, so we treat it as a warning unless we're in a SFINAE context. 2837 Diag(StartLoc, diag::ext_delete_void_ptr_operand) 2838 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange(); 2839 } else if (Pointee->isFunctionType() || Pointee->isVoidType()) { 2840 return ExprError(Diag(StartLoc, diag::err_delete_operand) 2841 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange()); 2842 } else if (!Pointee->isDependentType()) { 2843 // FIXME: This can result in errors if the definition was imported from a 2844 // module but is hidden. 2845 if (!RequireCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee, 2846 diag::warn_delete_incomplete, Ex.get())) { 2847 if (const RecordType *RT = PointeeElem->getAs<RecordType>()) 2848 PointeeRD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 2849 } 2850 } 2851 2852 if (Pointee->isArrayType() && !ArrayForm) { 2853 Diag(StartLoc, diag::warn_delete_array_type) 2854 << Type << Ex.get()->getSourceRange() 2855 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(getLocForEndOfToken(StartLoc), "[]"); 2856 ArrayForm = true; 2857 } 2858 2859 DeclarationName DeleteName = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 2860 ArrayForm ? OO_Array_Delete : OO_Delete); 2861 2862 if (PointeeRD) { 2863 if (!UseGlobal && 2864 FindDeallocationFunction(StartLoc, PointeeRD, DeleteName, 2865 OperatorDelete)) 2866 return ExprError(); 2867 2868 // If we're allocating an array of records, check whether the 2869 // usual operator delete[] has a size_t parameter. 2870 if (ArrayForm) { 2871 // If the user specifically asked to use the global allocator, 2872 // we'll need to do the lookup into the class. 2873 if (UseGlobal) 2874 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = 2875 doesUsualArrayDeleteWantSize(*this, StartLoc, PointeeElem); 2876 2877 // Otherwise, the usual operator delete[] should be the 2878 // function we just found. 2879 else if (OperatorDelete && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(OperatorDelete)) 2880 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize = (OperatorDelete->getNumParams() == 2); 2881 } 2882 2883 if (!PointeeRD->hasIrrelevantDestructor()) 2884 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2885 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, 2886 const_cast<CXXDestructorDecl*>(Dtor)); 2887 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Dtor, StartLoc)) 2888 return ExprError(); 2889 } 2890 2891 CheckVirtualDtorCall(PointeeRD->getDestructor(), StartLoc, 2892 /*IsDelete=*/true, /*CallCanBeVirtual=*/true, 2893 /*WarnOnNonAbstractTypes=*/!ArrayForm, 2894 SourceLocation()); 2895 } 2896 2897 if (!OperatorDelete) 2898 // Look for a global declaration. 2899 OperatorDelete = FindUsualDeallocationFunction( 2900 StartLoc, isCompleteType(StartLoc, Pointee) && 2901 (!ArrayForm || UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize || 2902 Pointee.isDestructedType()), 2903 DeleteName); 2904 2905 MarkFunctionReferenced(StartLoc, OperatorDelete); 2906 2907 // Check access and ambiguity of operator delete and destructor. 2908 if (PointeeRD) { 2909 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Dtor = LookupDestructor(PointeeRD)) { 2910 CheckDestructorAccess(Ex.get()->getExprLoc(), Dtor, 2911 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor) << PointeeElem); 2912 } 2913 } 2914 } 2915 2916 CXXDeleteExpr *Result = new (Context) CXXDeleteExpr( 2917 Context.VoidTy, UseGlobal, ArrayForm, ArrayFormAsWritten, 2918 UsualArrayDeleteWantsSize, OperatorDelete, Ex.get(), StartLoc); 2919 AnalyzeDeleteExprMismatch(Result); 2920 return Result; 2921 } 2922 2923 void Sema::CheckVirtualDtorCall(CXXDestructorDecl *dtor, SourceLocation Loc, 2924 bool IsDelete, bool CallCanBeVirtual, 2925 bool WarnOnNonAbstractTypes, 2926 SourceLocation DtorLoc) { 2927 if (!dtor || dtor->isVirtual() || !CallCanBeVirtual) 2928 return; 2929 2930 // C++ [expr.delete]p3: 2931 // In the first alternative (delete object), if the static type of the 2932 // object to be deleted is different from its dynamic type, the static 2933 // type shall be a base class of the dynamic type of the object to be 2934 // deleted and the static type shall have a virtual destructor or the 2935 // behavior is undefined. 2936 // 2937 const CXXRecordDecl *PointeeRD = dtor->getParent(); 2938 // Note: a final class cannot be derived from, no issue there 2939 if (!PointeeRD->isPolymorphic() || PointeeRD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>()) 2940 return; 2941 2942 QualType ClassType = dtor->getThisType(Context)->getPointeeType(); 2943 if (PointeeRD->isAbstract()) { 2944 // If the class is abstract, we warn by default, because we're 2945 // sure the code has undefined behavior. 2946 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_abstract_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2947 << ClassType; 2948 } else if (WarnOnNonAbstractTypes) { 2949 // Otherwise, if this is not an array delete, it's a bit suspect, 2950 // but not necessarily wrong. 2951 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_delete_non_virtual_dtor) << (IsDelete ? 0 : 1) 2952 << ClassType; 2953 } 2954 if (!IsDelete) { 2955 std::string TypeStr; 2956 ClassType.getAsStringInternal(TypeStr, getPrintingPolicy()); 2957 Diag(DtorLoc, diag::note_delete_non_virtual) 2958 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(DtorLoc, TypeStr + "::"); 2959 } 2960 } 2961 2962 /// \brief Check the use of the given variable as a C++ condition in an if, 2963 /// while, do-while, or switch statement. 2964 ExprResult Sema::CheckConditionVariable(VarDecl *ConditionVar, 2965 SourceLocation StmtLoc, 2966 bool ConvertToBoolean) { 2967 if (ConditionVar->isInvalidDecl()) 2968 return ExprError(); 2969 2970 QualType T = ConditionVar->getType(); 2971 2972 // C++ [stmt.select]p2: 2973 // The declarator shall not specify a function or an array. 2974 if (T->isFunctionType()) 2975 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2976 diag::err_invalid_use_of_function_type) 2977 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2978 else if (T->isArrayType()) 2979 return ExprError(Diag(ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2980 diag::err_invalid_use_of_array_type) 2981 << ConditionVar->getSourceRange()); 2982 2983 ExprResult Condition = DeclRefExpr::Create( 2984 Context, NestedNameSpecifierLoc(), SourceLocation(), ConditionVar, 2985 /*enclosing*/ false, ConditionVar->getLocation(), 2986 ConditionVar->getType().getNonReferenceType(), VK_LValue); 2987 2988 MarkDeclRefReferenced(cast<DeclRefExpr>(Condition.get())); 2989 2990 if (ConvertToBoolean) { 2991 Condition = CheckBooleanCondition(Condition.get(), StmtLoc); 2992 if (Condition.isInvalid()) 2993 return ExprError(); 2994 } 2995 2996 return Condition; 2997 } 2998 2999 /// CheckCXXBooleanCondition - Returns true if a conversion to bool is invalid. 3000 ExprResult Sema::CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Expr *CondExpr) { 3001 // C++ 6.4p4: 3002 // The value of a condition that is an initialized declaration in a statement 3003 // other than a switch statement is the value of the declared variable 3004 // implicitly converted to type bool. If that conversion is ill-formed, the 3005 // program is ill-formed. 3006 // The value of a condition that is an expression is the value of the 3007 // expression, implicitly converted to bool. 3008 // 3009 return PerformContextuallyConvertToBool(CondExpr); 3010 } 3011 3012 /// Helper function to determine whether this is the (deprecated) C++ 3013 /// conversion from a string literal to a pointer to non-const char or 3014 /// non-const wchar_t (for narrow and wide string literals, 3015 /// respectively). 3016 bool 3017 Sema::IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType) { 3018 // Look inside the implicit cast, if it exists. 3019 if (ImplicitCastExpr *Cast = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(From)) 3020 From = Cast->getSubExpr(); 3021 3022 // A string literal (2.13.4) that is not a wide string literal can 3023 // be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to char"; a wide 3024 // string literal can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer 3025 // to wchar_t" (C++ 4.2p2). 3026 if (StringLiteral *StrLit = dyn_cast<StringLiteral>(From->IgnoreParens())) 3027 if (const PointerType *ToPtrType = ToType->getAs<PointerType>()) 3028 if (const BuiltinType *ToPointeeType 3029 = ToPtrType->getPointeeType()->getAs<BuiltinType>()) { 3030 // This conversion is considered only when there is an 3031 // explicit appropriate pointer target type (C++ 4.2p2). 3032 if (!ToPtrType->getPointeeType().hasQualifiers()) { 3033 switch (StrLit->getKind()) { 3034 case StringLiteral::UTF8: 3035 case StringLiteral::UTF16: 3036 case StringLiteral::UTF32: 3037 // We don't allow UTF literals to be implicitly converted 3038 break; 3039 case StringLiteral::Ascii: 3040 return (ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_U || 3041 ToPointeeType->getKind() == BuiltinType::Char_S); 3042 case StringLiteral::Wide: 3043 return Context.typesAreCompatible(Context.getWideCharType(), 3044 QualType(ToPointeeType, 0)); 3045 } 3046 } 3047 } 3048 3049 return false; 3050 } 3051 3052 static ExprResult BuildCXXCastArgument(Sema &S, 3053 SourceLocation CastLoc, 3054 QualType Ty, 3055 CastKind Kind, 3056 CXXMethodDecl *Method, 3057 DeclAccessPair FoundDecl, 3058 bool HadMultipleCandidates, 3059 Expr *From) { 3060 switch (Kind) { 3061 default: llvm_unreachable("Unhandled cast kind!"); 3062 case CK_ConstructorConversion: { 3063 CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method); 3064 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3065 3066 if (S.RequireNonAbstractType(CastLoc, Ty, 3067 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 3068 return ExprError(); 3069 3070 if (S.CompleteConstructorCall(Constructor, From, CastLoc, ConstructorArgs)) 3071 return ExprError(); 3072 3073 S.CheckConstructorAccess(CastLoc, Constructor, 3074 InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Ty), 3075 Constructor->getAccess()); 3076 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3077 return ExprError(); 3078 3079 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3080 CastLoc, Ty, cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(Method), 3081 ConstructorArgs, HadMultipleCandidates, 3082 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3083 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3084 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3085 return ExprError(); 3086 3087 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.getAs<Expr>()); 3088 } 3089 3090 case CK_UserDefinedConversion: { 3091 assert(!From->getType()->isPointerType() && "Arg can't have pointer type!"); 3092 3093 S.CheckMemberOperatorAccess(CastLoc, From, /*arg*/ nullptr, FoundDecl); 3094 if (S.DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Method, CastLoc)) 3095 return ExprError(); 3096 3097 // Create an implicit call expr that calls it. 3098 CXXConversionDecl *Conv = cast<CXXConversionDecl>(Method); 3099 ExprResult Result = S.BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(From, FoundDecl, Conv, 3100 HadMultipleCandidates); 3101 if (Result.isInvalid()) 3102 return ExprError(); 3103 // Record usage of conversion in an implicit cast. 3104 Result = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(S.Context, Result.get()->getType(), 3105 CK_UserDefinedConversion, Result.get(), 3106 nullptr, Result.get()->getValueKind()); 3107 3108 return S.MaybeBindToTemporary(Result.get()); 3109 } 3110 } 3111 } 3112 3113 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3114 /// expression From to the type ToType using the pre-computed implicit 3115 /// conversion sequence ICS. Returns the converted 3116 /// expression. Action is the kind of conversion we're performing, 3117 /// used in the error message. 3118 ExprResult 3119 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3120 const ImplicitConversionSequence &ICS, 3121 AssignmentAction Action, 3122 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3123 switch (ICS.getKind()) { 3124 case ImplicitConversionSequence::StandardConversion: { 3125 ExprResult Res = PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.Standard, 3126 Action, CCK); 3127 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3128 return ExprError(); 3129 From = Res.get(); 3130 break; 3131 } 3132 3133 case ImplicitConversionSequence::UserDefinedConversion: { 3134 3135 FunctionDecl *FD = ICS.UserDefined.ConversionFunction; 3136 CastKind CastKind; 3137 QualType BeforeToType; 3138 assert(FD && "no conversion function for user-defined conversion seq"); 3139 if (const CXXConversionDecl *Conv = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(FD)) { 3140 CastKind = CK_UserDefinedConversion; 3141 3142 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a conversion function, 3143 // the initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3144 // the implicit object parameter of the conversion function. 3145 BeforeToType = Context.getTagDeclType(Conv->getParent()); 3146 } else { 3147 const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD); 3148 CastKind = CK_ConstructorConversion; 3149 // Do no conversion if dealing with ... for the first conversion. 3150 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3151 // If the user-defined conversion is specified by a constructor, the 3152 // initial standard conversion sequence converts the source type to 3153 // the type required by the argument of the constructor 3154 BeforeToType = Ctor->getParamDecl(0)->getType().getNonReferenceType(); 3155 } 3156 } 3157 // Watch out for ellipsis conversion. 3158 if (!ICS.UserDefined.EllipsisConversion) { 3159 ExprResult Res = 3160 PerformImplicitConversion(From, BeforeToType, 3161 ICS.UserDefined.Before, AA_Converting, 3162 CCK); 3163 if (Res.isInvalid()) 3164 return ExprError(); 3165 From = Res.get(); 3166 } 3167 3168 ExprResult CastArg 3169 = BuildCXXCastArgument(*this, 3170 From->getLocStart(), 3171 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3172 CastKind, cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD), 3173 ICS.UserDefined.FoundConversionFunction, 3174 ICS.UserDefined.HadMultipleCandidates, 3175 From); 3176 3177 if (CastArg.isInvalid()) 3178 return ExprError(); 3179 3180 From = CastArg.get(); 3181 3182 return PerformImplicitConversion(From, ToType, ICS.UserDefined.After, 3183 AA_Converting, CCK); 3184 } 3185 3186 case ImplicitConversionSequence::AmbiguousConversion: 3187 ICS.DiagnoseAmbiguousConversion(*this, From->getExprLoc(), 3188 PDiag(diag::err_typecheck_ambiguous_condition) 3189 << From->getSourceRange()); 3190 return ExprError(); 3191 3192 case ImplicitConversionSequence::EllipsisConversion: 3193 llvm_unreachable("Cannot perform an ellipsis conversion"); 3194 3195 case ImplicitConversionSequence::BadConversion: 3196 return ExprError(); 3197 } 3198 3199 // Everything went well. 3200 return From; 3201 } 3202 3203 /// PerformImplicitConversion - Perform an implicit conversion of the 3204 /// expression From to the type ToType by following the standard 3205 /// conversion sequence SCS. Returns the converted 3206 /// expression. Flavor is the context in which we're performing this 3207 /// conversion, for use in error messages. 3208 ExprResult 3209 Sema::PerformImplicitConversion(Expr *From, QualType ToType, 3210 const StandardConversionSequence& SCS, 3211 AssignmentAction Action, 3212 CheckedConversionKind CCK) { 3213 bool CStyle = (CCK == CCK_CStyleCast || CCK == CCK_FunctionalCast); 3214 3215 // Overall FIXME: we are recomputing too many types here and doing far too 3216 // much extra work. What this means is that we need to keep track of more 3217 // information that is computed when we try the implicit conversion initially, 3218 // so that we don't need to recompute anything here. 3219 QualType FromType = From->getType(); 3220 3221 if (SCS.CopyConstructor) { 3222 // FIXME: When can ToType be a reference type? 3223 assert(!ToType->isReferenceType()); 3224 if (SCS.Second == ICK_Derived_To_Base) { 3225 SmallVector<Expr*, 8> ConstructorArgs; 3226 if (CompleteConstructorCall(cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(SCS.CopyConstructor), 3227 From, /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/SourceLocation(), 3228 ConstructorArgs)) 3229 return ExprError(); 3230 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3231 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3232 ConstructorArgs, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3233 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3234 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3235 } 3236 return BuildCXXConstructExpr( 3237 /*FIXME:ConstructLoc*/ SourceLocation(), ToType, SCS.CopyConstructor, 3238 From, /*HadMultipleCandidates*/ false, 3239 /*ListInit*/ false, /*StdInitListInit*/ false, /*ZeroInit*/ false, 3240 CXXConstructExpr::CK_Complete, SourceRange()); 3241 } 3242 3243 // Resolve overloaded function references. 3244 if (Context.hasSameType(FromType, Context.OverloadTy)) { 3245 DeclAccessPair Found; 3246 FunctionDecl *Fn = ResolveAddressOfOverloadedFunction(From, ToType, 3247 true, Found); 3248 if (!Fn) 3249 return ExprError(); 3250 3251 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Fn, From->getLocStart())) 3252 return ExprError(); 3253 3254 From = FixOverloadedFunctionReference(From, Found, Fn); 3255 FromType = From->getType(); 3256 } 3257 3258 // If we're converting to an atomic type, first convert to the corresponding 3259 // non-atomic type. 3260 QualType ToAtomicType; 3261 if (const AtomicType *ToAtomic = ToType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3262 ToAtomicType = ToType; 3263 ToType = ToAtomic->getValueType(); 3264 } 3265 3266 QualType InitialFromType = FromType; 3267 // Perform the first implicit conversion. 3268 switch (SCS.First) { 3269 case ICK_Identity: 3270 if (const AtomicType *FromAtomic = FromType->getAs<AtomicType>()) { 3271 FromType = FromAtomic->getValueType().getUnqualifiedType(); 3272 From = ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, FromType, CK_AtomicToNonAtomic, 3273 From, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, VK_RValue); 3274 } 3275 break; 3276 3277 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: { 3278 assert(From->getObjectKind() != OK_ObjCProperty); 3279 ExprResult FromRes = DefaultLvalueConversion(From); 3280 assert(!FromRes.isInvalid() && "Can't perform deduced conversion?!"); 3281 From = FromRes.get(); 3282 FromType = From->getType(); 3283 break; 3284 } 3285 3286 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3287 FromType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(FromType); 3288 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_ArrayToPointerDecay, 3289 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3290 break; 3291 3292 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3293 FromType = Context.getPointerType(FromType); 3294 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, FromType, CK_FunctionToPointerDecay, 3295 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3296 break; 3297 3298 default: 3299 llvm_unreachable("Improper first standard conversion"); 3300 } 3301 3302 // Perform the second implicit conversion 3303 switch (SCS.Second) { 3304 case ICK_Identity: 3305 // C++ [except.spec]p5: 3306 // [For] assignment to and initialization of pointers to functions, 3307 // pointers to member functions, and references to functions: the 3308 // target entity shall allow at least the exceptions allowed by the 3309 // source value in the assignment or initialization. 3310 switch (Action) { 3311 case AA_Assigning: 3312 case AA_Initializing: 3313 // Note, function argument passing and returning are initialization. 3314 case AA_Passing: 3315 case AA_Returning: 3316 case AA_Sending: 3317 case AA_Passing_CFAudited: 3318 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3319 return ExprError(); 3320 break; 3321 3322 case AA_Casting: 3323 case AA_Converting: 3324 // Casts and implicit conversions are not initialization, so are not 3325 // checked for exception specification mismatches. 3326 break; 3327 } 3328 // Nothing else to do. 3329 break; 3330 3331 case ICK_NoReturn_Adjustment: 3332 // If both sides are functions (or pointers/references to them), there could 3333 // be incompatible exception declarations. 3334 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3335 return ExprError(); 3336 3337 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3338 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3339 break; 3340 3341 case ICK_Integral_Promotion: 3342 case ICK_Integral_Conversion: 3343 if (ToType->isBooleanType()) { 3344 assert(FromType->castAs<EnumType>()->getDecl()->isFixed() && 3345 SCS.Second == ICK_Integral_Promotion && 3346 "only enums with fixed underlying type can promote to bool"); 3347 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToBoolean, 3348 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3349 } else { 3350 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralCast, 3351 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3352 } 3353 break; 3354 3355 case ICK_Floating_Promotion: 3356 case ICK_Floating_Conversion: 3357 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingCast, 3358 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3359 break; 3360 3361 case ICK_Complex_Promotion: 3362 case ICK_Complex_Conversion: { 3363 QualType FromEl = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3364 QualType ToEl = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()->getElementType(); 3365 CastKind CK; 3366 if (FromEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3367 if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) 3368 CK = CK_FloatingComplexCast; 3369 else 3370 CK = CK_FloatingComplexToIntegralComplex; 3371 } else if (ToEl->isRealFloatingType()) { 3372 CK = CK_IntegralComplexToFloatingComplex; 3373 } else { 3374 CK = CK_IntegralComplexCast; 3375 } 3376 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK, 3377 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3378 break; 3379 } 3380 3381 case ICK_Floating_Integral: 3382 if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) 3383 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_IntegralToFloating, 3384 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3385 else 3386 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_FloatingToIntegral, 3387 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3388 break; 3389 3390 case ICK_Compatible_Conversion: 3391 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_NoOp, 3392 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3393 break; 3394 3395 case ICK_Writeback_Conversion: 3396 case ICK_Pointer_Conversion: { 3397 if (SCS.IncompatibleObjC && Action != AA_Casting) { 3398 // Diagnose incompatible Objective-C conversions 3399 if (Action == AA_Initializing || Action == AA_Assigning) 3400 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3401 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3402 << ToType << From->getType() << Action 3403 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3404 else 3405 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3406 diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer) 3407 << From->getType() << ToType << Action 3408 << From->getSourceRange() << 0; 3409 3410 if (From->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3411 ToType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 3412 EmitRelatedResultTypeNote(From); 3413 } 3414 else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 3415 !CheckObjCARCUnavailableWeakConversion(ToType, 3416 From->getType())) { 3417 if (Action == AA_Initializing) 3418 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3419 diag::err_arc_weak_unavailable_assign); 3420 else 3421 Diag(From->getLocStart(), 3422 diag::err_arc_convesion_of_weak_unavailable) 3423 << (Action == AA_Casting) << From->getType() << ToType 3424 << From->getSourceRange(); 3425 } 3426 3427 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3428 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3429 if (CheckPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3430 return ExprError(); 3431 3432 // Make sure we extend blocks if necessary. 3433 // FIXME: doing this here is really ugly. 3434 if (Kind == CK_BlockPointerToObjCPointerCast) { 3435 ExprResult E = From; 3436 (void) PrepareCastToObjCObjectPointer(E); 3437 From = E.get(); 3438 } 3439 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount) 3440 CheckObjCARCConversion(SourceRange(), ToType, From, CCK); 3441 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3442 .get(); 3443 break; 3444 } 3445 3446 case ICK_Pointer_Member: { 3447 CastKind Kind = CK_Invalid; 3448 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3449 if (CheckMemberPointerConversion(From, ToType, Kind, BasePath, CStyle)) 3450 return ExprError(); 3451 if (CheckExceptionSpecCompatibility(From, ToType)) 3452 return ExprError(); 3453 3454 // We may not have been able to figure out what this member pointer resolved 3455 // to up until this exact point. Attempt to lock-in it's inheritance model. 3456 if (Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 3457 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), From->getType()); 3458 (void)isCompleteType(From->getExprLoc(), ToType); 3459 } 3460 3461 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, Kind, VK_RValue, &BasePath, CCK) 3462 .get(); 3463 break; 3464 } 3465 3466 case ICK_Boolean_Conversion: 3467 // Perform half-to-boolean conversion via float. 3468 if (From->getType()->isHalfType()) { 3469 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.FloatTy, CK_FloatingCast).get(); 3470 FromType = Context.FloatTy; 3471 } 3472 3473 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, Context.BoolTy, 3474 ScalarTypeToBooleanCastKind(FromType), 3475 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3476 break; 3477 3478 case ICK_Derived_To_Base: { 3479 CXXCastPath BasePath; 3480 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(From->getType(), 3481 ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3482 From->getLocStart(), 3483 From->getSourceRange(), 3484 &BasePath, 3485 CStyle)) 3486 return ExprError(); 3487 3488 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonReferenceType(), 3489 CK_DerivedToBase, From->getValueKind(), 3490 &BasePath, CCK).get(); 3491 break; 3492 } 3493 3494 case ICK_Vector_Conversion: 3495 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, CK_BitCast, 3496 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3497 break; 3498 3499 case ICK_Vector_Splat: { 3500 // Vector splat from any arithmetic type to a vector. 3501 Expr *Elem = prepareVectorSplat(ToType, From).get(); 3502 From = ImpCastExprToType(Elem, ToType, CK_VectorSplat, VK_RValue, 3503 /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3504 break; 3505 } 3506 3507 case ICK_Complex_Real: 3508 // Case 1. x -> _Complex y 3509 if (const ComplexType *ToComplex = ToType->getAs<ComplexType>()) { 3510 QualType ElType = ToComplex->getElementType(); 3511 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3512 3513 // x -> y 3514 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, From->getType())) { 3515 // do nothing 3516 } else if (From->getType()->isRealFloatingType()) { 3517 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3518 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_FloatingToIntegral).get(); 3519 } else { 3520 assert(From->getType()->isIntegerType()); 3521 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3522 isFloatingComplex ? CK_IntegralToFloating : CK_IntegralCast).get(); 3523 } 3524 // y -> _Complex y 3525 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3526 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingRealToComplex 3527 : CK_IntegralRealToComplex).get(); 3528 3529 // Case 2. _Complex x -> y 3530 } else { 3531 const ComplexType *FromComplex = From->getType()->getAs<ComplexType>(); 3532 assert(FromComplex); 3533 3534 QualType ElType = FromComplex->getElementType(); 3535 bool isFloatingComplex = ElType->isRealFloatingType(); 3536 3537 // _Complex x -> x 3538 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ElType, 3539 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingComplexToReal 3540 : CK_IntegralComplexToReal, 3541 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3542 3543 // x -> y 3544 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ElType, ToType)) { 3545 // do nothing 3546 } else if (ToType->isRealFloatingType()) { 3547 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3548 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingCast : CK_IntegralToFloating, 3549 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3550 } else { 3551 assert(ToType->isIntegerType()); 3552 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3553 isFloatingComplex ? CK_FloatingToIntegral : CK_IntegralCast, 3554 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3555 } 3556 } 3557 break; 3558 3559 case ICK_Block_Pointer_Conversion: { 3560 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getUnqualifiedType(), CK_BitCast, 3561 VK_RValue, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3562 break; 3563 } 3564 3565 case ICK_TransparentUnionConversion: { 3566 ExprResult FromRes = From; 3567 Sema::AssignConvertType ConvTy = 3568 CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(ToType, FromRes); 3569 if (FromRes.isInvalid()) 3570 return ExprError(); 3571 From = FromRes.get(); 3572 assert ((ConvTy == Sema::Compatible) && 3573 "Improper transparent union conversion"); 3574 (void)ConvTy; 3575 break; 3576 } 3577 3578 case ICK_Zero_Event_Conversion: 3579 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType, 3580 CK_ZeroToOCLEvent, 3581 From->getValueKind()).get(); 3582 break; 3583 3584 case ICK_Lvalue_To_Rvalue: 3585 case ICK_Array_To_Pointer: 3586 case ICK_Function_To_Pointer: 3587 case ICK_Qualification: 3588 case ICK_Num_Conversion_Kinds: 3589 case ICK_C_Only_Conversion: 3590 llvm_unreachable("Improper second standard conversion"); 3591 } 3592 3593 switch (SCS.Third) { 3594 case ICK_Identity: 3595 // Nothing to do. 3596 break; 3597 3598 case ICK_Qualification: { 3599 // The qualification keeps the category of the inner expression, unless the 3600 // target type isn't a reference. 3601 ExprValueKind VK = ToType->isReferenceType() ? 3602 From->getValueKind() : VK_RValue; 3603 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToType.getNonLValueExprType(Context), 3604 CK_NoOp, VK, /*BasePath=*/nullptr, CCK).get(); 3605 3606 if (SCS.DeprecatedStringLiteralToCharPtr && 3607 !getLangOpts().WritableStrings) { 3608 Diag(From->getLocStart(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 3609 ? diag::ext_deprecated_string_literal_conversion 3610 : diag::warn_deprecated_string_literal_conversion) 3611 << ToType.getNonReferenceType(); 3612 } 3613 3614 break; 3615 } 3616 3617 default: 3618 llvm_unreachable("Improper third standard conversion"); 3619 } 3620 3621 // If this conversion sequence involved a scalar -> atomic conversion, perform 3622 // that conversion now. 3623 if (!ToAtomicType.isNull()) { 3624 assert(Context.hasSameType( 3625 ToAtomicType->castAs<AtomicType>()->getValueType(), From->getType())); 3626 From = ImpCastExprToType(From, ToAtomicType, CK_NonAtomicToAtomic, 3627 VK_RValue, nullptr, CCK).get(); 3628 } 3629 3630 // If this conversion sequence succeeded and involved implicitly converting a 3631 // _Nullable type to a _Nonnull one, complain. 3632 if (CCK == CCK_ImplicitConversion) 3633 diagnoseNullableToNonnullConversion(ToType, InitialFromType, 3634 From->getLocStart()); 3635 3636 return From; 3637 } 3638 3639 /// \brief Check the completeness of a type in a unary type trait. 3640 /// 3641 /// If the particular type trait requires a complete type, tries to complete 3642 /// it. If completing the type fails, a diagnostic is emitted and false 3643 /// returned. If completing the type succeeds or no completion was required, 3644 /// returns true. 3645 static bool CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness(Sema &S, TypeTrait UTT, 3646 SourceLocation Loc, 3647 QualType ArgTy) { 3648 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop]p3: 3649 // For all of the class templates X declared in this Clause, instantiating 3650 // that template with a template argument that is a class template 3651 // specialization may result in the implicit instantiation of the template 3652 // argument if and only if the semantics of X require that the argument 3653 // must be a complete type. 3654 // We apply this rule to all the type trait expressions used to implement 3655 // these class templates. We also try to follow any GCC documented behavior 3656 // in these expressions to ensure portability of standard libraries. 3657 switch (UTT) { 3658 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3659 // is_complete_type somewhat obviously cannot require a complete type. 3660 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 3661 // Fall-through 3662 3663 // These traits are modeled on the type predicates in C++0x 3664 // [meta.unary.cat] and [meta.unary.comp]. They are not specified as 3665 // requiring a complete type, as whether or not they return true cannot be 3666 // impacted by the completeness of the type. 3667 case UTT_IsVoid: 3668 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3669 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3670 case UTT_IsArray: 3671 case UTT_IsPointer: 3672 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3673 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3674 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3675 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3676 case UTT_IsEnum: 3677 case UTT_IsUnion: 3678 case UTT_IsClass: 3679 case UTT_IsFunction: 3680 case UTT_IsReference: 3681 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3682 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3683 case UTT_IsObject: 3684 case UTT_IsScalar: 3685 case UTT_IsCompound: 3686 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3687 // Fall-through 3688 3689 // These traits are modeled on type predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.prop] 3690 // which requires some of its traits to have the complete type. However, 3691 // the completeness of the type cannot impact these traits' semantics, and 3692 // so they don't require it. This matches the comments on these traits in 3693 // Table 49. 3694 case UTT_IsConst: 3695 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3696 case UTT_IsSigned: 3697 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3698 3699 // This type trait always returns false, checking the type is moot. 3700 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3701 return true; 3702 3703 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3704 // If T is a non-union class type, T shall be a complete type. 3705 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3706 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3707 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3708 if (const auto *RD = ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3709 if (!RD->isUnion()) 3710 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3711 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3712 return true; 3713 3714 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3715 // If T is a class type, T shall be a complete type. 3716 case UTT_IsFinal: 3717 case UTT_IsSealed: 3718 if (ArgTy->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3719 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3720 Loc, ArgTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3721 return true; 3722 3723 // C++0x [meta.unary.prop] Table 49 requires the following traits to be 3724 // applied to a complete type. 3725 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3726 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3727 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3728 case UTT_IsPOD: 3729 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3730 3731 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3732 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3733 // Fall-through 3734 3735 // These trait expressions are designed to help implement predicates in 3736 // [meta.unary.prop] despite not being named the same. They are specified 3737 // by both GCC and the Embarcadero C++ compiler, and require the complete 3738 // type due to the overarching C++0x type predicates being implemented 3739 // requiring the complete type. 3740 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 3741 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 3742 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 3743 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 3744 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3745 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3746 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3747 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3748 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3749 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 3750 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 3751 // Arrays of unknown bound are expressly allowed. 3752 QualType ElTy = ArgTy; 3753 if (ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 3754 ElTy = S.Context.getAsArrayType(ArgTy)->getElementType(); 3755 3756 // The void type is expressly allowed. 3757 if (ElTy->isVoidType()) 3758 return true; 3759 3760 return !S.RequireCompleteType( 3761 Loc, ElTy, diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr); 3762 } 3763 } 3764 3765 static bool HasNoThrowOperator(const RecordType *RT, OverloadedOperatorKind Op, 3766 Sema &Self, SourceLocation KeyLoc, ASTContext &C, 3767 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasTrivial)() const, 3768 bool (CXXRecordDecl::*HasNonTrivial)() const, 3769 bool (CXXMethodDecl::*IsDesiredOp)() const) 3770 { 3771 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 3772 if ((RD->*HasTrivial)() && !(RD->*HasNonTrivial)()) 3773 return true; 3774 3775 DeclarationName Name = C.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(Op); 3776 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, KeyLoc); 3777 LookupResult Res(Self, NameInfo, Sema::LookupOrdinaryName); 3778 if (Self.LookupQualifiedName(Res, RD)) { 3779 bool FoundOperator = false; 3780 Res.suppressDiagnostics(); 3781 for (LookupResult::iterator Op = Res.begin(), OpEnd = Res.end(); 3782 Op != OpEnd; ++Op) { 3783 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(*Op)) 3784 continue; 3785 3786 CXXMethodDecl *Operator = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Op); 3787 if((Operator->*IsDesiredOp)()) { 3788 FoundOperator = true; 3789 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 3790 Operator->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 3791 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 3792 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 3793 return false; 3794 } 3795 } 3796 return FoundOperator; 3797 } 3798 return false; 3799 } 3800 3801 static bool EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait UTT, 3802 SourceLocation KeyLoc, QualType T) { 3803 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 3804 3805 ASTContext &C = Self.Context; 3806 switch(UTT) { 3807 default: llvm_unreachable("not a UTT"); 3808 // Type trait expressions corresponding to the primary type category 3809 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.cat]. 3810 case UTT_IsVoid: 3811 return T->isVoidType(); 3812 case UTT_IsIntegral: 3813 return T->isIntegralType(C); 3814 case UTT_IsFloatingPoint: 3815 return T->isFloatingType(); 3816 case UTT_IsArray: 3817 return T->isArrayType(); 3818 case UTT_IsPointer: 3819 return T->isPointerType(); 3820 case UTT_IsLvalueReference: 3821 return T->isLValueReferenceType(); 3822 case UTT_IsRvalueReference: 3823 return T->isRValueReferenceType(); 3824 case UTT_IsMemberFunctionPointer: 3825 return T->isMemberFunctionPointerType(); 3826 case UTT_IsMemberObjectPointer: 3827 return T->isMemberDataPointerType(); 3828 case UTT_IsEnum: 3829 return T->isEnumeralType(); 3830 case UTT_IsUnion: 3831 return T->isUnionType(); 3832 case UTT_IsClass: 3833 return T->isClassType() || T->isStructureType() || T->isInterfaceType(); 3834 case UTT_IsFunction: 3835 return T->isFunctionType(); 3836 3837 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the convenient composition 3838 // predicates in C++0x [meta.unary.comp]. 3839 case UTT_IsReference: 3840 return T->isReferenceType(); 3841 case UTT_IsArithmetic: 3842 return T->isArithmeticType() && !T->isEnumeralType(); 3843 case UTT_IsFundamental: 3844 return T->isFundamentalType(); 3845 case UTT_IsObject: 3846 return T->isObjectType(); 3847 case UTT_IsScalar: 3848 // Note: semantic analysis depends on Objective-C lifetime types to be 3849 // considered scalar types. However, such types do not actually behave 3850 // like scalar types at run time (since they may require retain/release 3851 // operations), so we report them as non-scalar. 3852 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 3853 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 3854 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 3855 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 3856 return true; 3857 3858 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 3859 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 3860 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 3861 return false; 3862 } 3863 } 3864 3865 return T->isScalarType(); 3866 case UTT_IsCompound: 3867 return T->isCompoundType(); 3868 case UTT_IsMemberPointer: 3869 return T->isMemberPointerType(); 3870 3871 // Type trait expressions which correspond to the type property predicates 3872 // in C++0x [meta.unary.prop]. 3873 case UTT_IsConst: 3874 return T.isConstQualified(); 3875 case UTT_IsVolatile: 3876 return T.isVolatileQualified(); 3877 case UTT_IsTrivial: 3878 return T.isTrivialType(C); 3879 case UTT_IsTriviallyCopyable: 3880 return T.isTriviallyCopyableType(C); 3881 case UTT_IsStandardLayout: 3882 return T->isStandardLayoutType(); 3883 case UTT_IsPOD: 3884 return T.isPODType(C); 3885 case UTT_IsLiteral: 3886 return T->isLiteralType(C); 3887 case UTT_IsEmpty: 3888 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3889 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isEmpty(); 3890 return false; 3891 case UTT_IsPolymorphic: 3892 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3893 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isPolymorphic(); 3894 return false; 3895 case UTT_IsAbstract: 3896 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3897 return !RD->isUnion() && RD->isAbstract(); 3898 return false; 3899 // __is_interface_class only returns true when CL is invoked in /CLR mode and 3900 // even then only when it is used with the 'interface struct ...' syntax 3901 // Clang doesn't support /CLR which makes this type trait moot. 3902 case UTT_IsInterfaceClass: 3903 return false; 3904 case UTT_IsFinal: 3905 case UTT_IsSealed: 3906 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3907 return RD->hasAttr<FinalAttr>(); 3908 return false; 3909 case UTT_IsSigned: 3910 return T->isSignedIntegerType(); 3911 case UTT_IsUnsigned: 3912 return T->isUnsignedIntegerType(); 3913 3914 // Type trait expressions which query classes regarding their construction, 3915 // destruction, and copying. Rather than being based directly on the 3916 // related type predicates in the standard, they are specified by both 3917 // GCC[1] and the Embarcadero C++ compiler[2], and Clang implements those 3918 // specifications. 3919 // 3920 // 1: http://gcc.gnu/.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 3921 // 2: http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 3922 // 3923 // Note that these builtins do not behave as documented in g++: if a class 3924 // has both a trivial and a non-trivial special member of a particular kind, 3925 // they return false! For now, we emulate this behavior. 3926 // FIXME: This appears to be a g++ bug: more complex cases reveal that it 3927 // does not correctly compute triviality in the presence of multiple special 3928 // members of the same kind. Revisit this once the g++ bug is fixed. 3929 case UTT_HasTrivialDefaultConstructor: 3930 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3931 // If __is_pod (type) is true then the trait is true, else if type is 3932 // a cv class or union type (or array thereof) with a trivial default 3933 // constructor ([class.ctor]) then the trait is true, else it is false. 3934 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3935 return true; 3936 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3937 return RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 3938 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor(); 3939 return false; 3940 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveConstructor: 3941 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3942 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 3943 // behind std::is_trivially_move_constructible (20.9.4.3). 3944 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3945 return true; 3946 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3947 return RD->hasTrivialMoveConstructor() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveConstructor(); 3948 return false; 3949 case UTT_HasTrivialCopy: 3950 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3951 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type then 3952 // the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type 3953 // with a trivial copy constructor ([class.copy]) then the trait 3954 // is true, else it is false. 3955 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 3956 return true; 3957 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3958 return RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 3959 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor(); 3960 return false; 3961 case UTT_HasTrivialMoveAssign: 3962 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 3963 // standard library headers. Specifically it is used as the logic 3964 // behind std::is_trivially_move_assignable (20.9.4.3) 3965 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3966 return true; 3967 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3968 return RD->hasTrivialMoveAssignment() && !RD->hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment(); 3969 return false; 3970 case UTT_HasTrivialAssign: 3971 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 3972 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 3973 // trait is false. Otherwise if __is_pod (type) is true then the 3974 // trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union type with 3975 // a trivial copy assignment ([class.copy]) then the trait is 3976 // true, else it is false. 3977 // Note: the const and reference restrictions are interesting, 3978 // given that const and reference members don't prevent a class 3979 // from having a trivial copy assignment operator (but do cause 3980 // errors if the copy assignment operator is actually used, q.v. 3981 // [class.copy]p12). 3982 3983 if (T.isConstQualified()) 3984 return false; 3985 if (T.isPODType(C)) 3986 return true; 3987 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 3988 return RD->hasTrivialCopyAssignment() && 3989 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment(); 3990 return false; 3991 case UTT_IsDestructible: 3992 case UTT_IsNothrowDestructible: 3993 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 3994 // For reference types, is_destructible<T>::value is true. 3995 if (T->isReferenceType()) 3996 return true; 3997 3998 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 3999 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4000 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4001 return true; 4002 4003 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4004 // For incomplete types and function types, is_destructible<T>::value is 4005 // false. 4006 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4007 return false; 4008 4009 // C++14 [meta.unary.prop]: 4010 // For object types and given U equal to remove_all_extents_t<T>, if the 4011 // expression std::declval<U&>().~U() is well-formed when treated as an 4012 // unevaluated operand (Clause 5), then is_destructible<T>::value is true 4013 if (auto *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4014 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD); 4015 if (!Destructor) 4016 return false; 4017 // C++14 [dcl.fct.def.delete]p2: 4018 // A program that refers to a deleted function implicitly or 4019 // explicitly, other than to declare it, is ill-formed. 4020 if (Destructor->isDeleted()) 4021 return false; 4022 if (C.getLangOpts().AccessControl && Destructor->getAccess() != AS_public) 4023 return false; 4024 if (UTT == UTT_IsNothrowDestructible) { 4025 const FunctionProtoType *CPT = 4026 Destructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4027 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4028 if (!CPT || !CPT->isNothrow(C)) 4029 return false; 4030 } 4031 } 4032 return true; 4033 4034 case UTT_HasTrivialDestructor: 4035 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4036 // If __is_pod (type) is true or type is a reference type 4037 // then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class or union 4038 // type (or array thereof) with a trivial destructor 4039 // ([class.dtor]) then the trait is true, else it is 4040 // false. 4041 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType()) 4042 return true; 4043 4044 // Objective-C++ ARC: autorelease types don't require destruction. 4045 if (T->isObjCLifetimeType() && 4046 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) 4047 return true; 4048 4049 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4050 return RD->hasTrivialDestructor(); 4051 return false; 4052 // TODO: Propagate nothrowness for implicitly declared special members. 4053 case UTT_HasNothrowAssign: 4054 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4055 // If type is const qualified or is a reference type then the 4056 // trait is false. Otherwise if __has_trivial_assign (type) 4057 // is true then the trait is true, else if type is a cv class 4058 // or union type with copy assignment operators that are known 4059 // not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4060 // false. 4061 if (C.getBaseElementType(T).isConstQualified()) 4062 return false; 4063 if (T->isReferenceType()) 4064 return false; 4065 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4066 return true; 4067 4068 if (const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>()) 4069 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4070 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialCopyAssignment, 4071 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment, 4072 &CXXMethodDecl::isCopyAssignmentOperator); 4073 return false; 4074 case UTT_HasNothrowMoveAssign: 4075 // This trait is implemented by MSVC 2012 and needed to parse the 4076 // standard library headers. Specifically this is used as the logic 4077 // behind std::is_nothrow_move_assignable (20.9.4.3). 4078 if (T.isPODType(C)) 4079 return true; 4080 4081 if (const RecordType *RT = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAs<RecordType>()) 4082 return HasNoThrowOperator(RT, OO_Equal, Self, KeyLoc, C, 4083 &CXXRecordDecl::hasTrivialMoveAssignment, 4084 &CXXRecordDecl::hasNonTrivialMoveAssignment, 4085 &CXXMethodDecl::isMoveAssignmentOperator); 4086 return false; 4087 case UTT_HasNothrowCopy: 4088 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4089 // If __has_trivial_copy (type) is true then the trait is true, else 4090 // if type is a cv class or union type with copy constructors that are 4091 // known not to throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is 4092 // false. 4093 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isReferenceType() || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4094 return true; 4095 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4096 if (RD->hasTrivialCopyConstructor() && 4097 !RD->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 4098 return true; 4099 4100 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4101 unsigned FoundTQs; 4102 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4103 // A template constructor is never a copy constructor. 4104 // FIXME: However, it may actually be selected at the actual overload 4105 // resolution point. 4106 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4107 continue; 4108 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4109 if (Constructor->isCopyConstructor(FoundTQs)) { 4110 FoundConstructor = true; 4111 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4112 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4113 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4114 if (!CPT) 4115 return false; 4116 // TODO: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4117 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4118 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 1) 4119 return false; 4120 } 4121 } 4122 4123 return FoundConstructor; 4124 } 4125 return false; 4126 case UTT_HasNothrowConstructor: 4127 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html 4128 // If __has_trivial_constructor (type) is true then the trait is 4129 // true, else if type is a cv class or union type (or array 4130 // thereof) with a default constructor that is known not to 4131 // throw an exception then the trait is true, else it is false. 4132 if (T.isPODType(C) || T->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4133 return true; 4134 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = C.getBaseElementType(T)->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) { 4135 if (RD->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor() && 4136 !RD->hasNonTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 4137 return true; 4138 4139 bool FoundConstructor = false; 4140 for (const auto *ND : Self.LookupConstructors(RD)) { 4141 // FIXME: In C++0x, a constructor template can be a default constructor. 4142 if (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(ND)) 4143 continue; 4144 const CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(ND); 4145 if (Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) { 4146 FoundConstructor = true; 4147 const FunctionProtoType *CPT 4148 = Constructor->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 4149 CPT = Self.ResolveExceptionSpec(KeyLoc, CPT); 4150 if (!CPT) 4151 return false; 4152 // FIXME: check whether evaluating default arguments can throw. 4153 // For now, we'll be conservative and assume that they can throw. 4154 if (!CPT->isNothrow(C) || CPT->getNumParams() > 0) 4155 return false; 4156 } 4157 } 4158 return FoundConstructor; 4159 } 4160 return false; 4161 case UTT_HasVirtualDestructor: 4162 // http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc/Type-Traits.html: 4163 // If type is a class type with a virtual destructor ([class.dtor]) 4164 // then the trait is true, else it is false. 4165 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl()) 4166 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = Self.LookupDestructor(RD)) 4167 return Destructor->isVirtual(); 4168 return false; 4169 4170 // These type trait expressions are modeled on the specifications for the 4171 // Embarcadero C++0x type trait functions: 4172 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Type_Trait_Functions_(C%2B%2B0x)_Index 4173 case UTT_IsCompleteType: 4174 // http://docwiki.embarcadero.com/RADStudio/XE/en/Is_complete_type_(typename_T_): 4175 // Returns True if and only if T is a complete type at the point of the 4176 // function call. 4177 return !T->isIncompleteType(); 4178 } 4179 } 4180 4181 /// \brief Determine whether T has a non-trivial Objective-C lifetime in 4182 /// ARC mode. 4183 static bool hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(QualType T) { 4184 switch (T.getObjCLifetime()) { 4185 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 4186 return false; 4187 4188 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 4189 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 4190 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 4191 return true; 4192 4193 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 4194 return T->isObjCLifetimeType(); 4195 } 4196 4197 llvm_unreachable("Unknown ObjC lifetime qualifier"); 4198 } 4199 4200 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4201 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc); 4202 4203 static bool evaluateTypeTrait(Sema &S, TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4204 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4205 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4206 if (Kind <= UTT_Last) 4207 return EvaluateUnaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType()); 4208 4209 if (Kind <= BTT_Last) 4210 return EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(S, Kind, Args[0]->getType(), 4211 Args[1]->getType(), RParenLoc); 4212 4213 switch (Kind) { 4214 case clang::TT_IsConstructible: 4215 case clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible: 4216 case clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible: { 4217 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]: 4218 // is_trivially_constructible is defined as: 4219 // 4220 // is_constructible<T, Args...>::value is true and the variable 4221 // definition for is_constructible, as defined below, is known to call 4222 // no operation that is not trivial. 4223 // 4224 // The predicate condition for a template specialization 4225 // is_constructible<T, Args...> shall be satisfied if and only if the 4226 // following variable definition would be well-formed for some invented 4227 // variable t: 4228 // 4229 // T t(create<Args>()...); 4230 assert(!Args.empty()); 4231 4232 // Precondition: T and all types in the parameter pack Args shall be 4233 // complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) void, or arrays of 4234 // unknown bound. 4235 for (const auto *TSI : Args) { 4236 QualType ArgTy = TSI->getType(); 4237 if (ArgTy->isVoidType() || ArgTy->isIncompleteArrayType()) 4238 continue; 4239 4240 if (S.RequireCompleteType(KWLoc, ArgTy, 4241 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4242 return false; 4243 } 4244 4245 // Make sure the first argument is not incomplete nor a function type. 4246 QualType T = Args[0]->getType(); 4247 if (T->isIncompleteType() || T->isFunctionType()) 4248 return false; 4249 4250 // Make sure the first argument is not an abstract type. 4251 CXXRecordDecl *RD = T->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 4252 if (RD && RD->isAbstract()) 4253 return false; 4254 4255 SmallVector<OpaqueValueExpr, 2> OpaqueArgExprs; 4256 SmallVector<Expr *, 2> ArgExprs; 4257 ArgExprs.reserve(Args.size() - 1); 4258 for (unsigned I = 1, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4259 QualType ArgTy = Args[I]->getType(); 4260 if (ArgTy->isObjectType() || ArgTy->isFunctionType()) 4261 ArgTy = S.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ArgTy); 4262 OpaqueArgExprs.push_back( 4263 OpaqueValueExpr(Args[I]->getTypeLoc().getLocStart(), 4264 ArgTy.getNonLValueExprType(S.Context), 4265 Expr::getValueKindForType(ArgTy))); 4266 } 4267 for (Expr &E : OpaqueArgExprs) 4268 ArgExprs.push_back(&E); 4269 4270 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4271 // trap at translation unit scope. 4272 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(S, Sema::Unevaluated); 4273 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(S, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4274 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(S, S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4275 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Args[0])); 4276 InitializationKind InitKind(InitializationKind::CreateDirect(KWLoc, KWLoc, 4277 RParenLoc)); 4278 InitializationSequence Init(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4279 if (Init.Failed()) 4280 return false; 4281 4282 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(S, To, InitKind, ArgExprs); 4283 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4284 return false; 4285 4286 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsConstructible) 4287 return true; 4288 4289 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsNothrowConstructible) 4290 return S.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4291 4292 if (Kind == clang::TT_IsTriviallyConstructible) { 4293 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4294 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial construction. 4295 if (S.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4296 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(T.getNonReferenceType())) 4297 return false; 4298 4299 // The initialization succeeded; now make sure there are no non-trivial 4300 // calls. 4301 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(S.Context); 4302 } 4303 4304 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4305 return false; 4306 } 4307 default: llvm_unreachable("not a TT"); 4308 } 4309 4310 return false; 4311 } 4312 4313 ExprResult Sema::BuildTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4314 ArrayRef<TypeSourceInfo *> Args, 4315 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4316 QualType ResultType = Context.getLogicalOperationType(); 4317 4318 if (Kind <= UTT_Last && !CheckUnaryTypeTraitTypeCompleteness( 4319 *this, Kind, KWLoc, Args[0]->getType())) 4320 return ExprError(); 4321 4322 bool Dependent = false; 4323 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4324 if (Args[I]->getType()->isDependentType()) { 4325 Dependent = true; 4326 break; 4327 } 4328 } 4329 4330 bool Result = false; 4331 if (!Dependent) 4332 Result = evaluateTypeTrait(*this, Kind, KWLoc, Args, RParenLoc); 4333 4334 return TypeTraitExpr::Create(Context, ResultType, KWLoc, Kind, Args, 4335 RParenLoc, Result); 4336 } 4337 4338 ExprResult Sema::ActOnTypeTrait(TypeTrait Kind, SourceLocation KWLoc, 4339 ArrayRef<ParsedType> Args, 4340 SourceLocation RParenLoc) { 4341 SmallVector<TypeSourceInfo *, 4> ConvertedArgs; 4342 ConvertedArgs.reserve(Args.size()); 4343 4344 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Args.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4345 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4346 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Args[I], &TInfo); 4347 if (!TInfo) 4348 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, KWLoc); 4349 4350 ConvertedArgs.push_back(TInfo); 4351 } 4352 4353 return BuildTypeTrait(Kind, KWLoc, ConvertedArgs, RParenLoc); 4354 } 4355 4356 static bool EvaluateBinaryTypeTrait(Sema &Self, TypeTrait BTT, QualType LhsT, 4357 QualType RhsT, SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4358 assert(!LhsT->isDependentType() && !RhsT->isDependentType() && 4359 "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent types"); 4360 4361 switch(BTT) { 4362 case BTT_IsBaseOf: { 4363 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2 4364 // Base is a base class of Derived without regard to cv-qualifiers or 4365 // Base and Derived are not unions and name the same class type without 4366 // regard to cv-qualifiers. 4367 4368 const RecordType *lhsRecord = LhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4369 if (!lhsRecord) return false; 4370 4371 const RecordType *rhsRecord = RhsT->getAs<RecordType>(); 4372 if (!rhsRecord) return false; 4373 4374 assert(Self.Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LhsT, RhsT) 4375 == (lhsRecord == rhsRecord)); 4376 4377 if (lhsRecord == rhsRecord) 4378 return !lhsRecord->getDecl()->isUnion(); 4379 4380 // C++0x [meta.rel]p2: 4381 // If Base and Derived are class types and are different types 4382 // (ignoring possible cv-qualifiers) then Derived shall be a 4383 // complete type. 4384 if (Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4385 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4386 return false; 4387 4388 return cast<CXXRecordDecl>(rhsRecord->getDecl()) 4389 ->isDerivedFrom(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(lhsRecord->getDecl())); 4390 } 4391 case BTT_IsSame: 4392 return Self.Context.hasSameType(LhsT, RhsT); 4393 case BTT_TypeCompatible: 4394 return Self.Context.typesAreCompatible(LhsT.getUnqualifiedType(), 4395 RhsT.getUnqualifiedType()); 4396 case BTT_IsConvertible: 4397 case BTT_IsConvertibleTo: { 4398 // C++0x [meta.rel]p4: 4399 // Given the following function prototype: 4400 // 4401 // template <class T> 4402 // typename add_rvalue_reference<T>::type create(); 4403 // 4404 // the predicate condition for a template specialization 4405 // is_convertible<From, To> shall be satisfied if and only if 4406 // the return expression in the following code would be 4407 // well-formed, including any implicit conversions to the return 4408 // type of the function: 4409 // 4410 // To test() { 4411 // return create<From>(); 4412 // } 4413 // 4414 // Access checking is performed as if in a context unrelated to To and 4415 // From. Only the validity of the immediate context of the expression 4416 // of the return-statement (including conversions to the return type) 4417 // is considered. 4418 // 4419 // We model the initialization as a copy-initialization of a temporary 4420 // of the appropriate type, which for this expression is identical to the 4421 // return statement (since NRVO doesn't apply). 4422 4423 // Functions aren't allowed to return function or array types. 4424 if (RhsT->isFunctionType() || RhsT->isArrayType()) 4425 return false; 4426 4427 // A return statement in a void function must have void type. 4428 if (RhsT->isVoidType()) 4429 return LhsT->isVoidType(); 4430 4431 // A function definition requires a complete, non-abstract return type. 4432 if (!Self.isCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT) || Self.isAbstractType(KeyLoc, RhsT)) 4433 return false; 4434 4435 // Compute the result of add_rvalue_reference. 4436 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4437 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4438 4439 // Build a fake source and destination for initialization. 4440 InitializedEntity To(InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(RhsT)); 4441 OpaqueValueExpr From(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4442 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4443 Expr *FromPtr = &From; 4444 InitializationKind Kind(InitializationKind::CreateCopy(KeyLoc, 4445 SourceLocation())); 4446 4447 // Perform the initialization in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4448 // trap at translation unit scope. 4449 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4450 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4451 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4452 InitializationSequence Init(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4453 if (Init.Failed()) 4454 return false; 4455 4456 ExprResult Result = Init.Perform(Self, To, Kind, FromPtr); 4457 return !Result.isInvalid() && !SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred(); 4458 } 4459 4460 case BTT_IsNothrowAssignable: 4461 case BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable: { 4462 // C++11 [meta.unary.prop]p3: 4463 // is_trivially_assignable is defined as: 4464 // is_assignable<T, U>::value is true and the assignment, as defined by 4465 // is_assignable, is known to call no operation that is not trivial 4466 // 4467 // is_assignable is defined as: 4468 // The expression declval<T>() = declval<U>() is well-formed when 4469 // treated as an unevaluated operand (Clause 5). 4470 // 4471 // For both, T and U shall be complete types, (possibly cv-qualified) 4472 // void, or arrays of unknown bound. 4473 if (!LhsT->isVoidType() && !LhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4474 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, LhsT, 4475 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4476 return false; 4477 if (!RhsT->isVoidType() && !RhsT->isIncompleteArrayType() && 4478 Self.RequireCompleteType(KeyLoc, RhsT, 4479 diag::err_incomplete_type_used_in_type_trait_expr)) 4480 return false; 4481 4482 // cv void is never assignable. 4483 if (LhsT->isVoidType() || RhsT->isVoidType()) 4484 return false; 4485 4486 // Build expressions that emulate the effect of declval<T>() and 4487 // declval<U>(). 4488 if (LhsT->isObjectType() || LhsT->isFunctionType()) 4489 LhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(LhsT); 4490 if (RhsT->isObjectType() || RhsT->isFunctionType()) 4491 RhsT = Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(RhsT); 4492 OpaqueValueExpr Lhs(KeyLoc, LhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4493 Expr::getValueKindForType(LhsT)); 4494 OpaqueValueExpr Rhs(KeyLoc, RhsT.getNonLValueExprType(Self.Context), 4495 Expr::getValueKindForType(RhsT)); 4496 4497 // Attempt the assignment in an unevaluated context within a SFINAE 4498 // trap at translation unit scope. 4499 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext Unevaluated(Self, Sema::Unevaluated); 4500 Sema::SFINAETrap SFINAE(Self, /*AccessCheckingSFINAE=*/true); 4501 Sema::ContextRAII TUContext(Self, Self.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()); 4502 ExprResult Result = Self.BuildBinOp(/*S=*/nullptr, KeyLoc, BO_Assign, &Lhs, 4503 &Rhs); 4504 if (Result.isInvalid() || SFINAE.hasErrorOccurred()) 4505 return false; 4506 4507 if (BTT == BTT_IsNothrowAssignable) 4508 return Self.canThrow(Result.get()) == CT_Cannot; 4509 4510 if (BTT == BTT_IsTriviallyAssignable) { 4511 // Under Objective-C ARC, if the destination has non-trivial Objective-C 4512 // lifetime, this is a non-trivial assignment. 4513 if (Self.getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 4514 hasNontrivialObjCLifetime(LhsT.getNonReferenceType())) 4515 return false; 4516 4517 return !Result.get()->hasNonTrivialCall(Self.Context); 4518 } 4519 4520 llvm_unreachable("unhandled type trait"); 4521 return false; 4522 } 4523 default: llvm_unreachable("not a BTT"); 4524 } 4525 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4526 } 4527 4528 ExprResult Sema::ActOnArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4529 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4530 ParsedType Ty, 4531 Expr* DimExpr, 4532 SourceLocation RParen) { 4533 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo; 4534 QualType T = GetTypeFromParser(Ty, &TSInfo); 4535 if (!TSInfo) 4536 TSInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 4537 4538 return BuildArrayTypeTrait(ATT, KWLoc, TSInfo, DimExpr, RParen); 4539 } 4540 4541 static uint64_t EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(Sema &Self, ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4542 QualType T, Expr *DimExpr, 4543 SourceLocation KeyLoc) { 4544 assert(!T->isDependentType() && "Cannot evaluate traits of dependent type"); 4545 4546 switch(ATT) { 4547 case ATT_ArrayRank: 4548 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4549 unsigned Dim = 0; 4550 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4551 ++Dim; 4552 T = AT->getElementType(); 4553 } 4554 return Dim; 4555 } 4556 return 0; 4557 4558 case ATT_ArrayExtent: { 4559 llvm::APSInt Value; 4560 uint64_t Dim; 4561 if (Self.VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(DimExpr, &Value, 4562 diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer, 4563 false).isInvalid()) 4564 return 0; 4565 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 4566 Self.Diag(KeyLoc, diag::err_dimension_expr_not_constant_integer) 4567 << DimExpr->getSourceRange(); 4568 return 0; 4569 } 4570 Dim = Value.getLimitedValue(); 4571 4572 if (T->isArrayType()) { 4573 unsigned D = 0; 4574 bool Matched = false; 4575 while (const ArrayType *AT = Self.Context.getAsArrayType(T)) { 4576 if (Dim == D) { 4577 Matched = true; 4578 break; 4579 } 4580 ++D; 4581 T = AT->getElementType(); 4582 } 4583 4584 if (Matched && T->isArrayType()) { 4585 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = Self.Context.getAsConstantArrayType(T)) 4586 return CAT->getSize().getLimitedValue(); 4587 } 4588 } 4589 return 0; 4590 } 4591 } 4592 llvm_unreachable("Unknown type trait or not implemented"); 4593 } 4594 4595 ExprResult Sema::BuildArrayTypeTrait(ArrayTypeTrait ATT, 4596 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4597 TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 4598 Expr* DimExpr, 4599 SourceLocation RParen) { 4600 QualType T = TSInfo->getType(); 4601 4602 // FIXME: This should likely be tracked as an APInt to remove any host 4603 // assumptions about the width of size_t on the target. 4604 uint64_t Value = 0; 4605 if (!T->isDependentType()) 4606 Value = EvaluateArrayTypeTrait(*this, ATT, T, DimExpr, KWLoc); 4607 4608 // While the specification for these traits from the Embarcadero C++ 4609 // compiler's documentation says the return type is 'unsigned int', Clang 4610 // returns 'size_t'. On Windows, the primary platform for the Embarcadero 4611 // compiler, there is no difference. On several other platforms this is an 4612 // important distinction. 4613 return new (Context) ArrayTypeTraitExpr(KWLoc, ATT, TSInfo, Value, DimExpr, 4614 RParen, Context.getSizeType()); 4615 } 4616 4617 ExprResult Sema::ActOnExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4618 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4619 Expr *Queried, 4620 SourceLocation RParen) { 4621 // If error parsing the expression, ignore. 4622 if (!Queried) 4623 return ExprError(); 4624 4625 ExprResult Result = BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, Queried, RParen); 4626 4627 return Result; 4628 } 4629 4630 static bool EvaluateExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, Expr *E) { 4631 switch (ET) { 4632 case ET_IsLValueExpr: return E->isLValue(); 4633 case ET_IsRValueExpr: return E->isRValue(); 4634 } 4635 llvm_unreachable("Expression trait not covered by switch"); 4636 } 4637 4638 ExprResult Sema::BuildExpressionTrait(ExpressionTrait ET, 4639 SourceLocation KWLoc, 4640 Expr *Queried, 4641 SourceLocation RParen) { 4642 if (Queried->isTypeDependent()) { 4643 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions. 4644 } else if (Queried->getType()->isPlaceholderType()) { 4645 ExprResult PE = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Queried); 4646 if (PE.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 4647 return BuildExpressionTrait(ET, KWLoc, PE.get(), RParen); 4648 } 4649 4650 bool Value = EvaluateExpressionTrait(ET, Queried); 4651 4652 return new (Context) 4653 ExpressionTraitExpr(KWLoc, ET, Queried, Value, RParen, Context.BoolTy); 4654 } 4655 4656 QualType Sema::CheckPointerToMemberOperands(ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4657 ExprValueKind &VK, 4658 SourceLocation Loc, 4659 bool isIndirect) { 4660 assert(!LHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4661 !RHS.get()->getType()->isPlaceholderType() && 4662 "placeholders should have been weeded out by now"); 4663 4664 // The LHS undergoes lvalue conversions if this is ->*. 4665 if (isIndirect) { 4666 LHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 4667 if (LHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4668 } 4669 4670 // The RHS always undergoes lvalue conversions. 4671 RHS = DefaultLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 4672 if (RHS.isInvalid()) return QualType(); 4673 4674 const char *OpSpelling = isIndirect ? "->*" : ".*"; 4675 // C++ 5.5p2 4676 // The binary operator .* [p3: ->*] binds its second operand, which shall 4677 // be of type "pointer to member of T" (where T is a completely-defined 4678 // class type) [...] 4679 QualType RHSType = RHS.get()->getType(); 4680 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = RHSType->getAs<MemberPointerType>(); 4681 if (!MemPtr) { 4682 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_rhs) 4683 << OpSpelling << RHSType << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4684 return QualType(); 4685 } 4686 4687 QualType Class(MemPtr->getClass(), 0); 4688 4689 // Note: C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p2-3 says that the class type into which the 4690 // member pointer points must be completely-defined. However, there is no 4691 // reason for this semantic distinction, and the rule is not enforced by 4692 // other compilers. Therefore, we do not check this property, as it is 4693 // likely to be considered a defect. 4694 4695 // C++ 5.5p2 4696 // [...] to its first operand, which shall be of class T or of a class of 4697 // which T is an unambiguous and accessible base class. [p3: a pointer to 4698 // such a class] 4699 QualType LHSType = LHS.get()->getType(); 4700 if (isIndirect) { 4701 if (const PointerType *Ptr = LHSType->getAs<PointerType>()) 4702 LHSType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 4703 else { 4704 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) 4705 << OpSpelling << 1 << LHSType 4706 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ".*"); 4707 return QualType(); 4708 } 4709 } 4710 4711 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(Class, LHSType)) { 4712 // If we want to check the hierarchy, we need a complete type. 4713 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, LHSType, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs, 4714 OpSpelling, (int)isIndirect)) { 4715 return QualType(); 4716 } 4717 4718 if (!IsDerivedFrom(Loc, LHSType, Class)) { 4719 Diag(Loc, diag::err_bad_memptr_lhs) << OpSpelling 4720 << (int)isIndirect << LHS.get()->getType(); 4721 return QualType(); 4722 } 4723 4724 CXXCastPath BasePath; 4725 if (CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(LHSType, Class, Loc, 4726 SourceRange(LHS.get()->getLocStart(), 4727 RHS.get()->getLocEnd()), 4728 &BasePath)) 4729 return QualType(); 4730 4731 // Cast LHS to type of use. 4732 QualType UseType = isIndirect ? Context.getPointerType(Class) : Class; 4733 ExprValueKind VK = isIndirect ? VK_RValue : LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4734 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), UseType, CK_DerivedToBase, VK, 4735 &BasePath); 4736 } 4737 4738 if (isa<CXXScalarValueInitExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParens())) { 4739 // Diagnose use of pointer-to-member type which when used as 4740 // the functional cast in a pointer-to-member expression. 4741 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_type) << isIndirect; 4742 return QualType(); 4743 } 4744 4745 // C++ 5.5p2 4746 // The result is an object or a function of the type specified by the 4747 // second operand. 4748 // The cv qualifiers are the union of those in the pointer and the left side, 4749 // in accordance with 5.5p5 and 5.2.5. 4750 QualType Result = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 4751 Result = Context.getCVRQualifiedType(Result, LHSType.getCVRQualifiers()); 4752 4753 // C++0x [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4754 // In a .* expression whose object expression is an rvalue, the program is 4755 // ill-formed if the second operand is a pointer to member function with 4756 // ref-qualifier &. In a ->* expression or in a .* expression whose object 4757 // expression is an lvalue, the program is ill-formed if the second operand 4758 // is a pointer to member function with ref-qualifier &&. 4759 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = Result->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 4760 switch (Proto->getRefQualifier()) { 4761 case RQ_None: 4762 // Do nothing 4763 break; 4764 4765 case RQ_LValue: 4766 if (!isIndirect && !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isLValue()) 4767 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4768 << RHSType << 1 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4769 break; 4770 4771 case RQ_RValue: 4772 if (isIndirect || !LHS.get()->Classify(Context).isRValue()) 4773 Diag(Loc, diag::err_pointer_to_member_oper_value_classify) 4774 << RHSType << 0 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4775 break; 4776 } 4777 } 4778 4779 // C++ [expr.mptr.oper]p6: 4780 // The result of a .* expression whose second operand is a pointer 4781 // to a data member is of the same value category as its 4782 // first operand. The result of a .* expression whose second 4783 // operand is a pointer to a member function is a prvalue. The 4784 // result of an ->* expression is an lvalue if its second operand 4785 // is a pointer to data member and a prvalue otherwise. 4786 if (Result->isFunctionType()) { 4787 VK = VK_RValue; 4788 return Context.BoundMemberTy; 4789 } else if (isIndirect) { 4790 VK = VK_LValue; 4791 } else { 4792 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 4793 } 4794 4795 return Result; 4796 } 4797 4798 /// \brief Try to convert a type to another according to C++11 5.16p3. 4799 /// 4800 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4801 /// value operand is a class type, the two operands are attempted to be 4802 /// converted to each other. This function does the conversion in one direction. 4803 /// It returns true if the program is ill-formed and has already been diagnosed 4804 /// as such. 4805 static bool TryClassUnification(Sema &Self, Expr *From, Expr *To, 4806 SourceLocation QuestionLoc, 4807 bool &HaveConversion, 4808 QualType &ToType) { 4809 HaveConversion = false; 4810 ToType = To->getType(); 4811 4812 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(To->getLocStart(), 4813 SourceLocation()); 4814 // C++11 5.16p3 4815 // The process for determining whether an operand expression E1 of type T1 4816 // can be converted to match an operand expression E2 of type T2 is defined 4817 // as follows: 4818 // -- If E2 is an lvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4819 // implicitly converted to type "lvalue reference to T2", subject to the 4820 // constraint that in the conversion the reference must bind directly to 4821 // an lvalue. 4822 // -- If E2 is an xvalue: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4823 // implicitly conveted to the type "rvalue reference to R2", subject to 4824 // the constraint that the reference must bind directly. 4825 if (To->isLValue() || To->isXValue()) { 4826 QualType T = To->isLValue() ? Self.Context.getLValueReferenceType(ToType) 4827 : Self.Context.getRValueReferenceType(ToType); 4828 4829 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4830 4831 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4832 if (InitSeq.isDirectReferenceBinding()) { 4833 ToType = T; 4834 HaveConversion = true; 4835 return false; 4836 } 4837 4838 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4839 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4840 } 4841 4842 // -- If E2 is an rvalue, or if the conversion above cannot be done: 4843 // -- if E1 and E2 have class type, and the underlying class types are 4844 // the same or one is a base class of the other: 4845 QualType FTy = From->getType(); 4846 QualType TTy = To->getType(); 4847 const RecordType *FRec = FTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4848 const RecordType *TRec = TTy->getAs<RecordType>(); 4849 bool FDerivedFromT = FRec && TRec && FRec != TRec && 4850 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, FTy, TTy); 4851 if (FRec && TRec && (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT || 4852 Self.IsDerivedFrom(QuestionLoc, TTy, FTy))) { 4853 // E1 can be converted to match E2 if the class of T2 is the 4854 // same type as, or a base class of, the class of T1, and 4855 // [cv2 > cv1]. 4856 if (FRec == TRec || FDerivedFromT) { 4857 if (TTy.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(FTy)) { 4858 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4859 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4860 if (InitSeq) { 4861 HaveConversion = true; 4862 return false; 4863 } 4864 4865 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4866 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4867 } 4868 } 4869 4870 return false; 4871 } 4872 4873 // -- Otherwise: E1 can be converted to match E2 if E1 can be 4874 // implicitly converted to the type that expression E2 would have 4875 // if E2 were converted to an rvalue (or the type it has, if E2 is 4876 // an rvalue). 4877 // 4878 // This actually refers very narrowly to the lvalue-to-rvalue conversion, not 4879 // to the array-to-pointer or function-to-pointer conversions. 4880 if (!TTy->getAs<TagType>()) 4881 TTy = TTy.getUnqualifiedType(); 4882 4883 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(TTy); 4884 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4885 HaveConversion = !InitSeq.Failed(); 4886 ToType = TTy; 4887 if (InitSeq.isAmbiguous()) 4888 return InitSeq.Diagnose(Self, Entity, Kind, From); 4889 4890 return false; 4891 } 4892 4893 /// \brief Try to find a common type for two according to C++0x 5.16p5. 4894 /// 4895 /// This is part of the parameter validation for the ? operator. If either 4896 /// value operand is a class type, overload resolution is used to find a 4897 /// conversion to a common type. 4898 static bool FindConditionalOverload(Sema &Self, ExprResult &LHS, ExprResult &RHS, 4899 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4900 Expr *Args[2] = { LHS.get(), RHS.get() }; 4901 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet(QuestionLoc, 4902 OverloadCandidateSet::CSK_Operator); 4903 Self.AddBuiltinOperatorCandidates(OO_Conditional, QuestionLoc, Args, 4904 CandidateSet); 4905 4906 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best; 4907 switch (CandidateSet.BestViableFunction(Self, QuestionLoc, Best)) { 4908 case OR_Success: { 4909 // We found a match. Perform the conversions on the arguments and move on. 4910 ExprResult LHSRes = 4911 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(LHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0], 4912 Best->Conversions[0], Sema::AA_Converting); 4913 if (LHSRes.isInvalid()) 4914 break; 4915 LHS = LHSRes; 4916 4917 ExprResult RHSRes = 4918 Self.PerformImplicitConversion(RHS.get(), Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1], 4919 Best->Conversions[1], Sema::AA_Converting); 4920 if (RHSRes.isInvalid()) 4921 break; 4922 RHS = RHSRes; 4923 if (Best->Function) 4924 Self.MarkFunctionReferenced(QuestionLoc, Best->Function); 4925 return false; 4926 } 4927 4928 case OR_No_Viable_Function: 4929 4930 // Emit a better diagnostic if one of the expressions is a null pointer 4931 // constant and the other is a pointer type. In this case, the user most 4932 // likely forgot to take the address of the other expression. 4933 if (Self.DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 4934 return true; 4935 4936 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 4937 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4938 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4939 return true; 4940 4941 case OR_Ambiguous: 4942 Self.Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous_ovl) 4943 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 4944 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 4945 // FIXME: Print the possible common types by printing the return types of 4946 // the viable candidates. 4947 break; 4948 4949 case OR_Deleted: 4950 llvm_unreachable("Conditional operator has only built-in overloads"); 4951 } 4952 return true; 4953 } 4954 4955 /// \brief Perform an "extended" implicit conversion as returned by 4956 /// TryClassUnification. 4957 static bool ConvertForConditional(Sema &Self, ExprResult &E, QualType T) { 4958 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(T); 4959 InitializationKind Kind = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(E.get()->getLocStart(), 4960 SourceLocation()); 4961 Expr *Arg = E.get(); 4962 InitializationSequence InitSeq(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4963 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(Self, Entity, Kind, Arg); 4964 if (Result.isInvalid()) 4965 return true; 4966 4967 E = Result; 4968 return false; 4969 } 4970 4971 /// \brief Check the operands of ?: under C++ semantics. 4972 /// 4973 /// See C++ [expr.cond]. Note that LHS is never null, even for the GNU x ?: y 4974 /// extension. In this case, LHS == Cond. (But they're not aliases.) 4975 QualType Sema::CXXCheckConditionalOperands(ExprResult &Cond, ExprResult &LHS, 4976 ExprResult &RHS, ExprValueKind &VK, 4977 ExprObjectKind &OK, 4978 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) { 4979 // FIXME: Handle C99's complex types, vector types, block pointers and Obj-C++ 4980 // interface pointers. 4981 4982 // C++11 [expr.cond]p1 4983 // The first expression is contextually converted to bool. 4984 if (!Cond.get()->isTypeDependent()) { 4985 ExprResult CondRes = CheckCXXBooleanCondition(Cond.get()); 4986 if (CondRes.isInvalid()) 4987 return QualType(); 4988 Cond = CondRes; 4989 } 4990 4991 // Assume r-value. 4992 VK = VK_RValue; 4993 OK = OK_Ordinary; 4994 4995 // Either of the arguments dependent? 4996 if (LHS.get()->isTypeDependent() || RHS.get()->isTypeDependent()) 4997 return Context.DependentTy; 4998 4999 // C++11 [expr.cond]p2 5000 // If either the second or the third operand has type (cv) void, ... 5001 QualType LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5002 QualType RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5003 bool LVoid = LTy->isVoidType(); 5004 bool RVoid = RTy->isVoidType(); 5005 if (LVoid || RVoid) { 5006 // ... one of the following shall hold: 5007 // -- The second or the third operand (but not both) is a (possibly 5008 // parenthesized) throw-expression; the result is of the type 5009 // and value category of the other. 5010 bool LThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(LHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5011 bool RThrow = isa<CXXThrowExpr>(RHS.get()->IgnoreParenImpCasts()); 5012 if (LThrow != RThrow) { 5013 Expr *NonThrow = LThrow ? RHS.get() : LHS.get(); 5014 VK = NonThrow->getValueKind(); 5015 // DR (no number yet): the result is a bit-field if the 5016 // non-throw-expression operand is a bit-field. 5017 OK = NonThrow->getObjectKind(); 5018 return NonThrow->getType(); 5019 } 5020 5021 // -- Both the second and third operands have type void; the result is of 5022 // type void and is a prvalue. 5023 if (LVoid && RVoid) 5024 return Context.VoidTy; 5025 5026 // Neither holds, error. 5027 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_void_nonvoid) 5028 << (LVoid ? RTy : LTy) << (LVoid ? 0 : 1) 5029 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5030 return QualType(); 5031 } 5032 5033 // Neither is void. 5034 5035 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5036 // Otherwise, if the second and third operand have different types, and 5037 // either has (cv) class type [...] an attempt is made to convert each of 5038 // those operands to the type of the other. 5039 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5040 (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5041 // These return true if a single direction is already ambiguous. 5042 QualType L2RType, R2LType; 5043 bool HaveL2R, HaveR2L; 5044 if (TryClassUnification(*this, LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveL2R, L2RType)) 5045 return QualType(); 5046 if (TryClassUnification(*this, RHS.get(), LHS.get(), QuestionLoc, HaveR2L, R2LType)) 5047 return QualType(); 5048 5049 // If both can be converted, [...] the program is ill-formed. 5050 if (HaveL2R && HaveR2L) { 5051 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_conditional_ambiguous) 5052 << LTy << RTy << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5053 return QualType(); 5054 } 5055 5056 // If exactly one conversion is possible, that conversion is applied to 5057 // the chosen operand and the converted operands are used in place of the 5058 // original operands for the remainder of this section. 5059 if (HaveL2R) { 5060 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, LHS, L2RType) || LHS.isInvalid()) 5061 return QualType(); 5062 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5063 } else if (HaveR2L) { 5064 if (ConvertForConditional(*this, RHS, R2LType) || RHS.isInvalid()) 5065 return QualType(); 5066 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5067 } 5068 } 5069 5070 // C++11 [expr.cond]p3 5071 // if both are glvalues of the same value category and the same type except 5072 // for cv-qualification, an attempt is made to convert each of those 5073 // operands to the type of the other. 5074 ExprValueKind LVK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5075 ExprValueKind RVK = RHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5076 if (!Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy) && 5077 Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(LTy, RTy) && 5078 LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue) { 5079 // Since the unqualified types are reference-related and we require the 5080 // result to be as if a reference bound directly, the only conversion 5081 // we can perform is to add cv-qualifiers. 5082 Qualifiers LCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(LTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5083 Qualifiers RCVR = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(RTy.getCVRQualifiers()); 5084 if (RCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(LCVR)) { 5085 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), RTy, CK_NoOp, LVK); 5086 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5087 } 5088 else if (LCVR.isStrictSupersetOf(RCVR)) { 5089 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), LTy, CK_NoOp, RVK); 5090 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5091 } 5092 } 5093 5094 // C++11 [expr.cond]p4 5095 // If the second and third operands are glvalues of the same value 5096 // category and have the same type, the result is of that type and 5097 // value category and it is a bit-field if the second or the third 5098 // operand is a bit-field, or if both are bit-fields. 5099 // We only extend this to bitfields, not to the crazy other kinds of 5100 // l-values. 5101 bool Same = Context.hasSameType(LTy, RTy); 5102 if (Same && LVK == RVK && LVK != VK_RValue && 5103 LHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject() && 5104 RHS.get()->isOrdinaryOrBitFieldObject()) { 5105 VK = LHS.get()->getValueKind(); 5106 if (LHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField || 5107 RHS.get()->getObjectKind() == OK_BitField) 5108 OK = OK_BitField; 5109 return LTy; 5110 } 5111 5112 // C++11 [expr.cond]p5 5113 // Otherwise, the result is a prvalue. If the second and third operands 5114 // do not have the same type, and either has (cv) class type, ... 5115 if (!Same && (LTy->isRecordType() || RTy->isRecordType())) { 5116 // ... overload resolution is used to determine the conversions (if any) 5117 // to be applied to the operands. If the overload resolution fails, the 5118 // program is ill-formed. 5119 if (FindConditionalOverload(*this, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc)) 5120 return QualType(); 5121 } 5122 5123 // C++11 [expr.cond]p6 5124 // Lvalue-to-rvalue, array-to-pointer, and function-to-pointer standard 5125 // conversions are performed on the second and third operands. 5126 LHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(LHS.get()); 5127 RHS = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(RHS.get()); 5128 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5129 return QualType(); 5130 LTy = LHS.get()->getType(); 5131 RTy = RHS.get()->getType(); 5132 5133 // After those conversions, one of the following shall hold: 5134 // -- The second and third operands have the same type; the result 5135 // is of that type. If the operands have class type, the result 5136 // is a prvalue temporary of the result type, which is 5137 // copy-initialized from either the second operand or the third 5138 // operand depending on the value of the first operand. 5139 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RTy)) { 5140 if (LTy->isRecordType()) { 5141 // The operands have class type. Make a temporary copy. 5142 if (RequireNonAbstractType(QuestionLoc, LTy, 5143 diag::err_allocation_of_abstract_type)) 5144 return QualType(); 5145 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(LTy); 5146 5147 ExprResult LHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5148 SourceLocation(), 5149 LHS); 5150 if (LHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5151 return QualType(); 5152 5153 ExprResult RHSCopy = PerformCopyInitialization(Entity, 5154 SourceLocation(), 5155 RHS); 5156 if (RHSCopy.isInvalid()) 5157 return QualType(); 5158 5159 LHS = LHSCopy; 5160 RHS = RHSCopy; 5161 } 5162 5163 return LTy; 5164 } 5165 5166 // Extension: conditional operator involving vector types. 5167 if (LTy->isVectorType() || RTy->isVectorType()) 5168 return CheckVectorOperands(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc, /*isCompAssign*/false, 5169 /*AllowBothBool*/true, 5170 /*AllowBoolConversions*/false); 5171 5172 // -- The second and third operands have arithmetic or enumeration type; 5173 // the usual arithmetic conversions are performed to bring them to a 5174 // common type, and the result is of that type. 5175 if (LTy->isArithmeticType() && RTy->isArithmeticType()) { 5176 QualType ResTy = UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS); 5177 if (LHS.isInvalid() || RHS.isInvalid()) 5178 return QualType(); 5179 5180 LHS = ImpCastExprToType(LHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(LHS, ResTy)); 5181 RHS = ImpCastExprToType(RHS.get(), ResTy, PrepareScalarCast(RHS, ResTy)); 5182 5183 return ResTy; 5184 } 5185 5186 // -- The second and third operands have pointer type, or one has pointer 5187 // type and the other is a null pointer constant, or both are null 5188 // pointer constants, at least one of which is non-integral; pointer 5189 // conversions and qualification conversions are performed to bring them 5190 // to their composite pointer type. The result is of the composite 5191 // pointer type. 5192 // -- The second and third operands have pointer to member type, or one has 5193 // pointer to member type and the other is a null pointer constant; 5194 // pointer to member conversions and qualification conversions are 5195 // performed to bring them to a common type, whose cv-qualification 5196 // shall match the cv-qualification of either the second or the third 5197 // operand. The result is of the common type. 5198 bool NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5199 QualType Composite = FindCompositePointerType(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS, 5200 isSFINAEContext() ? nullptr 5201 : &NonStandardCompositeType); 5202 if (!Composite.isNull()) { 5203 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5204 Diag(QuestionLoc, 5205 diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands_nonstandard) 5206 << LTy << RTy << Composite 5207 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5208 5209 return Composite; 5210 } 5211 5212 // Similarly, attempt to find composite type of two objective-c pointers. 5213 Composite = FindCompositeObjCPointerType(LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc); 5214 if (!Composite.isNull()) 5215 return Composite; 5216 5217 // Check if we are using a null with a non-pointer type. 5218 if (DiagnoseConditionalForNull(LHS.get(), RHS.get(), QuestionLoc)) 5219 return QualType(); 5220 5221 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands) 5222 << LHS.get()->getType() << RHS.get()->getType() 5223 << LHS.get()->getSourceRange() << RHS.get()->getSourceRange(); 5224 return QualType(); 5225 } 5226 5227 /// \brief Find a merged pointer type and convert the two expressions to it. 5228 /// 5229 /// This finds the composite pointer type (or member pointer type) for @p E1 5230 /// and @p E2 according to C++11 5.9p2. It converts both expressions to this 5231 /// type and returns it. 5232 /// It does not emit diagnostics. 5233 /// 5234 /// \param Loc The location of the operator requiring these two expressions to 5235 /// be converted to the composite pointer type. 5236 /// 5237 /// If \p NonStandardCompositeType is non-NULL, then we are permitted to find 5238 /// a non-standard (but still sane) composite type to which both expressions 5239 /// can be converted. When such a type is chosen, \c *NonStandardCompositeType 5240 /// will be set true. 5241 QualType Sema::FindCompositePointerType(SourceLocation Loc, 5242 Expr *&E1, Expr *&E2, 5243 bool *NonStandardCompositeType) { 5244 if (NonStandardCompositeType) 5245 *NonStandardCompositeType = false; 5246 5247 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "This function assumes C++"); 5248 QualType T1 = E1->getType(), T2 = E2->getType(); 5249 5250 // C++11 5.9p2 5251 // Pointer conversions and qualification conversions are performed on 5252 // pointer operands to bring them to their composite pointer type. If 5253 // one operand is a null pointer constant, the composite pointer type is 5254 // std::nullptr_t if the other operand is also a null pointer constant or, 5255 // if the other operand is a pointer, the type of the other operand. 5256 if (!T1->isAnyPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType() && 5257 !T2->isAnyPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType()) { 5258 if (T1->isNullPtrType() && 5259 E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5260 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5261 return T1; 5262 } 5263 if (T2->isNullPtrType() && 5264 E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5265 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5266 return T2; 5267 } 5268 return QualType(); 5269 } 5270 5271 if (E1->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5272 if (T2->isMemberPointerType()) 5273 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5274 else 5275 E1 = ImpCastExprToType(E1, T2, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5276 return T2; 5277 } 5278 if (E2->isNullPointerConstant(Context, Expr::NPC_ValueDependentIsNull)) { 5279 if (T1->isMemberPointerType()) 5280 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToMemberPointer).get(); 5281 else 5282 E2 = ImpCastExprToType(E2, T1, CK_NullToPointer).get(); 5283 return T1; 5284 } 5285 5286 // Now both have to be pointers or member pointers. 5287 if ((!T1->isPointerType() && !T1->isMemberPointerType()) || 5288 (!T2->isPointerType() && !T2->isMemberPointerType())) 5289 return QualType(); 5290 5291 // Otherwise, of one of the operands has type "pointer to cv1 void," then 5292 // the other has type "pointer to cv2 T" and the composite pointer type is 5293 // "pointer to cv12 void," where cv12 is the union of cv1 and cv2. 5294 // Otherwise, the composite pointer type is a pointer type similar to the 5295 // type of one of the operands, with a cv-qualification signature that is 5296 // the union of the cv-qualification signatures of the operand types. 5297 // In practice, the first part here is redundant; it's subsumed by the second. 5298 // What we do here is, we build the two possible composite types, and try the 5299 // conversions in both directions. If only one works, or if the two composite 5300 // types are the same, we have succeeded. 5301 // FIXME: extended qualifiers? 5302 typedef SmallVector<unsigned, 4> QualifierVector; 5303 QualifierVector QualifierUnion; 5304 typedef SmallVector<std::pair<const Type *, const Type *>, 4> 5305 ContainingClassVector; 5306 ContainingClassVector MemberOfClass; 5307 QualType Composite1 = Context.getCanonicalType(T1), 5308 Composite2 = Context.getCanonicalType(T2); 5309 unsigned NeedConstBefore = 0; 5310 do { 5311 const PointerType *Ptr1, *Ptr2; 5312 if ((Ptr1 = Composite1->getAs<PointerType>()) && 5313 (Ptr2 = Composite2->getAs<PointerType>())) { 5314 Composite1 = Ptr1->getPointeeType(); 5315 Composite2 = Ptr2->getPointeeType(); 5316 5317 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5318 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5319 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5320 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5321 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5322 5323 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5324 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5325 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(nullptr, nullptr)); 5326 continue; 5327 } 5328 5329 const MemberPointerType *MemPtr1, *MemPtr2; 5330 if ((MemPtr1 = Composite1->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) && 5331 (MemPtr2 = Composite2->getAs<MemberPointerType>())) { 5332 Composite1 = MemPtr1->getPointeeType(); 5333 Composite2 = MemPtr2->getPointeeType(); 5334 5335 // If we're allowed to create a non-standard composite type, keep track 5336 // of where we need to fill in additional 'const' qualifiers. 5337 if (NonStandardCompositeType && 5338 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() != Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()) 5339 NeedConstBefore = QualifierUnion.size(); 5340 5341 QualifierUnion.push_back( 5342 Composite1.getCVRQualifiers() | Composite2.getCVRQualifiers()); 5343 MemberOfClass.push_back(std::make_pair(MemPtr1->getClass(), 5344 MemPtr2->getClass())); 5345 continue; 5346 } 5347 5348 // FIXME: block pointer types? 5349 5350 // Cannot unwrap any more types. 5351 break; 5352 } while (true); 5353 5354 if (NeedConstBefore && NonStandardCompositeType) { 5355 // Extension: Add 'const' to qualifiers that come before the first qualifier 5356 // mismatch, so that our (non-standard!) composite type meets the 5357 // requirements of C++ [conv.qual]p4 bullet 3. 5358 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NeedConstBefore; ++I) { 5359 if ((QualifierUnion[I] & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 5360 QualifierUnion[I] = QualifierUnion[I] | Qualifiers::Const; 5361 *NonStandardCompositeType = true; 5362 } 5363 } 5364 } 5365 5366 // Rewrap the composites as pointers or member pointers with the union CVRs. 5367 ContainingClassVector::reverse_iterator MOC 5368 = MemberOfClass.rbegin(); 5369 for (QualifierVector::reverse_iterator 5370 I = QualifierUnion.rbegin(), 5371 E = QualifierUnion.rend(); 5372 I != E; (void)++I, ++MOC) { 5373 Qualifiers Quals = Qualifiers::fromCVRMask(*I); 5374 if (MOC->first && MOC->second) { 5375 // Rebuild member pointer type 5376 Composite1 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5377 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals), 5378 MOC->first); 5379 Composite2 = Context.getMemberPointerType( 5380 Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals), 5381 MOC->second); 5382 } else { 5383 // Rebuild pointer type 5384 Composite1 5385 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite1, Quals)); 5386 Composite2 5387 = Context.getPointerType(Context.getQualifiedType(Composite2, Quals)); 5388 } 5389 } 5390 5391 // Try to convert to the first composite pointer type. 5392 InitializedEntity Entity1 5393 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite1); 5394 InitializationKind Kind 5395 = InitializationKind::CreateCopy(Loc, SourceLocation()); 5396 InitializationSequence E1ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5397 InitializationSequence E2ToC1(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5398 5399 if (E1ToC1 && E2ToC1) { 5400 // Conversion to Composite1 is viable. 5401 if (!Context.hasSameType(Composite1, Composite2)) { 5402 // Composite2 is a different type from Composite1. Check whether 5403 // Composite2 is also viable. 5404 InitializedEntity Entity2 5405 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5406 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5407 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5408 if (E1ToC2 && E2ToC2) { 5409 // Both Composite1 and Composite2 are viable and are different; 5410 // this is an ambiguity. 5411 return QualType(); 5412 } 5413 } 5414 5415 // Convert E1 to Composite1 5416 ExprResult E1Result 5417 = E1ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E1); 5418 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5419 return QualType(); 5420 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5421 5422 // Convert E2 to Composite1 5423 ExprResult E2Result 5424 = E2ToC1.Perform(*this, Entity1, Kind, E2); 5425 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5426 return QualType(); 5427 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5428 5429 return Composite1; 5430 } 5431 5432 // Check whether Composite2 is viable. 5433 InitializedEntity Entity2 5434 = InitializedEntity::InitializeTemporary(Composite2); 5435 InitializationSequence E1ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5436 InitializationSequence E2ToC2(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5437 if (!E1ToC2 || !E2ToC2) 5438 return QualType(); 5439 5440 // Convert E1 to Composite2 5441 ExprResult E1Result 5442 = E1ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E1); 5443 if (E1Result.isInvalid()) 5444 return QualType(); 5445 E1 = E1Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5446 5447 // Convert E2 to Composite2 5448 ExprResult E2Result 5449 = E2ToC2.Perform(*this, Entity2, Kind, E2); 5450 if (E2Result.isInvalid()) 5451 return QualType(); 5452 E2 = E2Result.getAs<Expr>(); 5453 5454 return Composite2; 5455 } 5456 5457 ExprResult Sema::MaybeBindToTemporary(Expr *E) { 5458 if (!E) 5459 return ExprError(); 5460 5461 assert(!isa<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E) && "Double-bound temporary?"); 5462 5463 // If the result is a glvalue, we shouldn't bind it. 5464 if (!E->isRValue()) 5465 return E; 5466 5467 // In ARC, calls that return a retainable type can return retained, 5468 // in which case we have to insert a consuming cast. 5469 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 5470 E->getType()->isObjCRetainableType()) { 5471 5472 bool ReturnsRetained; 5473 5474 // For actual calls, we compute this by examining the type of the 5475 // called value. 5476 if (CallExpr *Call = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(E)) { 5477 Expr *Callee = Call->getCallee()->IgnoreParens(); 5478 QualType T = Callee->getType(); 5479 5480 if (T == Context.BoundMemberTy) { 5481 // Handle pointer-to-members. 5482 if (BinaryOperator *BinOp = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(Callee)) 5483 T = BinOp->getRHS()->getType(); 5484 else if (MemberExpr *Mem = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Callee)) 5485 T = Mem->getMemberDecl()->getType(); 5486 } 5487 5488 if (const PointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<PointerType>()) 5489 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5490 else if (const BlockPointerType *Ptr = T->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) 5491 T = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5492 else if (const MemberPointerType *MemPtr = T->getAs<MemberPointerType>()) 5493 T = MemPtr->getPointeeType(); 5494 5495 const FunctionType *FTy = T->getAs<FunctionType>(); 5496 assert(FTy && "call to value not of function type?"); 5497 ReturnsRetained = FTy->getExtInfo().getProducesResult(); 5498 5499 // ActOnStmtExpr arranges things so that StmtExprs of retainable 5500 // type always produce a +1 object. 5501 } else if (isa<StmtExpr>(E)) { 5502 ReturnsRetained = true; 5503 5504 // We hit this case with the lambda conversion-to-block optimization; 5505 // we don't want any extra casts here. 5506 } else if (isa<CastExpr>(E) && 5507 isa<BlockExpr>(cast<CastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr())) { 5508 return E; 5509 5510 // For message sends and property references, we try to find an 5511 // actual method. FIXME: we should infer retention by selector in 5512 // cases where we don't have an actual method. 5513 } else { 5514 ObjCMethodDecl *D = nullptr; 5515 if (ObjCMessageExpr *Send = dyn_cast<ObjCMessageExpr>(E)) { 5516 D = Send->getMethodDecl(); 5517 } else if (ObjCBoxedExpr *BoxedExpr = dyn_cast<ObjCBoxedExpr>(E)) { 5518 D = BoxedExpr->getBoxingMethod(); 5519 } else if (ObjCArrayLiteral *ArrayLit = dyn_cast<ObjCArrayLiteral>(E)) { 5520 D = ArrayLit->getArrayWithObjectsMethod(); 5521 } else if (ObjCDictionaryLiteral *DictLit 5522 = dyn_cast<ObjCDictionaryLiteral>(E)) { 5523 D = DictLit->getDictWithObjectsMethod(); 5524 } 5525 5526 ReturnsRetained = (D && D->hasAttr<NSReturnsRetainedAttr>()); 5527 5528 // Don't do reclaims on performSelector calls; despite their 5529 // return type, the invoked method doesn't necessarily actually 5530 // return an object. 5531 if (!ReturnsRetained && 5532 D && D->getMethodFamily() == OMF_performSelector) 5533 return E; 5534 } 5535 5536 // Don't reclaim an object of Class type. 5537 if (!ReturnsRetained && E->getType()->isObjCARCImplicitlyUnretainedType()) 5538 return E; 5539 5540 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5541 5542 CastKind ck = (ReturnsRetained ? CK_ARCConsumeObject 5543 : CK_ARCReclaimReturnedObject); 5544 return ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, E->getType(), ck, E, nullptr, 5545 VK_RValue); 5546 } 5547 5548 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 5549 return E; 5550 5551 // Search for the base element type (cf. ASTContext::getBaseElementType) with 5552 // a fast path for the common case that the type is directly a RecordType. 5553 const Type *T = Context.getCanonicalType(E->getType().getTypePtr()); 5554 const RecordType *RT = nullptr; 5555 while (!RT) { 5556 switch (T->getTypeClass()) { 5557 case Type::Record: 5558 RT = cast<RecordType>(T); 5559 break; 5560 case Type::ConstantArray: 5561 case Type::IncompleteArray: 5562 case Type::VariableArray: 5563 case Type::DependentSizedArray: 5564 T = cast<ArrayType>(T)->getElementType().getTypePtr(); 5565 break; 5566 default: 5567 return E; 5568 } 5569 } 5570 5571 // That should be enough to guarantee that this type is complete, if we're 5572 // not processing a decltype expression. 5573 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 5574 if (RD->isInvalidDecl() || RD->isDependentContext()) 5575 return E; 5576 5577 bool IsDecltype = ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype; 5578 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = IsDecltype ? nullptr : LookupDestructor(RD); 5579 5580 if (Destructor) { 5581 MarkFunctionReferenced(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5582 CheckDestructorAccess(E->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5583 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5584 << E->getType()); 5585 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, E->getExprLoc())) 5586 return ExprError(); 5587 5588 // If destructor is trivial, we can avoid the extra copy. 5589 if (Destructor->isTrivial()) 5590 return E; 5591 5592 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5593 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5594 } 5595 5596 CXXTemporary *Temp = CXXTemporary::Create(Context, Destructor); 5597 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = CXXBindTemporaryExpr::Create(Context, Temp, E); 5598 5599 if (IsDecltype) 5600 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.push_back(Bind); 5601 5602 return Bind; 5603 } 5604 5605 ExprResult 5606 Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(ExprResult SubExpr) { 5607 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5608 return ExprError(); 5609 5610 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(SubExpr.get()); 5611 } 5612 5613 Expr *Sema::MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Expr *SubExpr) { 5614 assert(SubExpr && "subexpression can't be null!"); 5615 5616 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5617 5618 unsigned FirstCleanup = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumCleanupObjects; 5619 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.size() >= FirstCleanup); 5620 assert(ExprNeedsCleanups || ExprCleanupObjects.size() == FirstCleanup); 5621 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5622 return SubExpr; 5623 5624 auto Cleanups = llvm::makeArrayRef(ExprCleanupObjects.begin() + FirstCleanup, 5625 ExprCleanupObjects.size() - FirstCleanup); 5626 5627 Expr *E = ExprWithCleanups::Create(Context, SubExpr, Cleanups); 5628 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 5629 5630 return E; 5631 } 5632 5633 Stmt *Sema::MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(Stmt *SubStmt) { 5634 assert(SubStmt && "sub-statement can't be null!"); 5635 5636 CleanupVarDeclMarking(); 5637 5638 if (!ExprNeedsCleanups) 5639 return SubStmt; 5640 5641 // FIXME: In order to attach the temporaries, wrap the statement into 5642 // a StmtExpr; currently this is only used for asm statements. 5643 // This is hacky, either create a new CXXStmtWithTemporaries statement or 5644 // a new AsmStmtWithTemporaries. 5645 CompoundStmt *CompStmt = new (Context) CompoundStmt(Context, SubStmt, 5646 SourceLocation(), 5647 SourceLocation()); 5648 Expr *E = new (Context) StmtExpr(CompStmt, Context.VoidTy, SourceLocation(), 5649 SourceLocation()); 5650 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(E); 5651 } 5652 5653 /// Process the expression contained within a decltype. For such expressions, 5654 /// certain semantic checks on temporaries are delayed until this point, and 5655 /// are omitted for the 'topmost' call in the decltype expression. If the 5656 /// topmost call bound a temporary, strip that temporary off the expression. 5657 ExprResult Sema::ActOnDecltypeExpression(Expr *E) { 5658 assert(ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype && "not in a decltype expression"); 5659 5660 // C++11 [expr.call]p11: 5661 // If a function call is a prvalue of object type, 5662 // -- if the function call is either 5663 // -- the operand of a decltype-specifier, or 5664 // -- the right operand of a comma operator that is the operand of a 5665 // decltype-specifier, 5666 // a temporary object is not introduced for the prvalue. 5667 5668 // Recursively rebuild ParenExprs and comma expressions to strip out the 5669 // outermost CXXBindTemporaryExpr, if any. 5670 if (ParenExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(E)) { 5671 ExprResult SubExpr = ActOnDecltypeExpression(PE->getSubExpr()); 5672 if (SubExpr.isInvalid()) 5673 return ExprError(); 5674 if (SubExpr.get() == PE->getSubExpr()) 5675 return E; 5676 return ActOnParenExpr(PE->getLParen(), PE->getRParen(), SubExpr.get()); 5677 } 5678 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 5679 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) { 5680 ExprResult RHS = ActOnDecltypeExpression(BO->getRHS()); 5681 if (RHS.isInvalid()) 5682 return ExprError(); 5683 if (RHS.get() == BO->getRHS()) 5684 return E; 5685 return new (Context) BinaryOperator( 5686 BO->getLHS(), RHS.get(), BO_Comma, BO->getType(), BO->getValueKind(), 5687 BO->getObjectKind(), BO->getOperatorLoc(), BO->isFPContractable()); 5688 } 5689 } 5690 5691 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *TopBind = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(E); 5692 CallExpr *TopCall = TopBind ? dyn_cast<CallExpr>(TopBind->getSubExpr()) 5693 : nullptr; 5694 if (TopCall) 5695 E = TopCall; 5696 else 5697 TopBind = nullptr; 5698 5699 // Disable the special decltype handling now. 5700 ExprEvalContexts.back().IsDecltype = false; 5701 5702 // In MS mode, don't perform any extra checking of call return types within a 5703 // decltype expression. 5704 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 5705 return E; 5706 5707 // Perform the semantic checks we delayed until this point. 5708 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls.size(); 5709 I != N; ++I) { 5710 CallExpr *Call = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeCalls[I]; 5711 if (Call == TopCall) 5712 continue; 5713 5714 if (CheckCallReturnType(Call->getCallReturnType(Context), 5715 Call->getLocStart(), 5716 Call, Call->getDirectCallee())) 5717 return ExprError(); 5718 } 5719 5720 // Now all relevant types are complete, check the destructors are accessible 5721 // and non-deleted, and annotate them on the temporaries. 5722 for (unsigned I = 0, N = ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds.size(); 5723 I != N; ++I) { 5724 CXXBindTemporaryExpr *Bind = 5725 ExprEvalContexts.back().DelayedDecltypeBinds[I]; 5726 if (Bind == TopBind) 5727 continue; 5728 5729 CXXTemporary *Temp = Bind->getTemporary(); 5730 5731 CXXRecordDecl *RD = 5732 Bind->getType()->getBaseElementTypeUnsafe()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 5733 CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = LookupDestructor(RD); 5734 Temp->setDestructor(Destructor); 5735 5736 MarkFunctionReferenced(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor); 5737 CheckDestructorAccess(Bind->getExprLoc(), Destructor, 5738 PDiag(diag::err_access_dtor_temp) 5739 << Bind->getType()); 5740 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Destructor, Bind->getExprLoc())) 5741 return ExprError(); 5742 5743 // We need a cleanup, but we don't need to remember the temporary. 5744 ExprNeedsCleanups = true; 5745 } 5746 5747 // Possibly strip off the top CXXBindTemporaryExpr. 5748 return E; 5749 } 5750 5751 /// Note a set of 'operator->' functions that were used for a member access. 5752 static void noteOperatorArrows(Sema &S, 5753 ArrayRef<FunctionDecl *> OperatorArrows) { 5754 unsigned SkipStart = OperatorArrows.size(), SkipCount = 0; 5755 // FIXME: Make this configurable? 5756 unsigned Limit = 9; 5757 if (OperatorArrows.size() > Limit) { 5758 // Produce Limit-1 normal notes and one 'skipping' note. 5759 SkipStart = (Limit - 1) / 2 + (Limit - 1) % 2; 5760 SkipCount = OperatorArrows.size() - (Limit - 1); 5761 } 5762 5763 for (unsigned I = 0; I < OperatorArrows.size(); /**/) { 5764 if (I == SkipStart) { 5765 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), 5766 diag::note_operator_arrows_suppressed) 5767 << SkipCount; 5768 I += SkipCount; 5769 } else { 5770 S.Diag(OperatorArrows[I]->getLocation(), diag::note_operator_arrow_here) 5771 << OperatorArrows[I]->getCallResultType(); 5772 ++I; 5773 } 5774 } 5775 } 5776 5777 ExprResult Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberReference(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 5778 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5779 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5780 ParsedType &ObjectType, 5781 bool &MayBePseudoDestructor) { 5782 // Since this might be a postfix expression, get rid of ParenListExprs. 5783 ExprResult Result = MaybeConvertParenListExprToParenExpr(S, Base); 5784 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5785 Base = Result.get(); 5786 5787 Result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5788 if (Result.isInvalid()) return ExprError(); 5789 Base = Result.get(); 5790 5791 QualType BaseType = Base->getType(); 5792 MayBePseudoDestructor = false; 5793 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) { 5794 // If we have a pointer to a dependent type and are using the -> operator, 5795 // the object type is the type that the pointer points to. We might still 5796 // have enough information about that type to do something useful. 5797 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) 5798 if (const PointerType *Ptr = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()) 5799 BaseType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5800 5801 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5802 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5803 return Base; 5804 } 5805 5806 // C++ [over.match.oper]p8: 5807 // [...] When operator->returns, the operator-> is applied to the value 5808 // returned, with the original second operand. 5809 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5810 QualType StartingType = BaseType; 5811 bool NoArrowOperatorFound = false; 5812 bool FirstIteration = true; 5813 FunctionDecl *CurFD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(CurContext); 5814 // The set of types we've considered so far. 5815 llvm::SmallPtrSet<CanQualType,8> CTypes; 5816 SmallVector<FunctionDecl*, 8> OperatorArrows; 5817 CTypes.insert(Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType)); 5818 5819 while (BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5820 if (OperatorArrows.size() >= getLangOpts().ArrowDepth) { 5821 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_depth_exceeded) 5822 << StartingType << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth << Base->getSourceRange(); 5823 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5824 Diag(OpLoc, diag::note_operator_arrow_depth) 5825 << getLangOpts().ArrowDepth; 5826 return ExprError(); 5827 } 5828 5829 Result = BuildOverloadedArrowExpr( 5830 S, Base, OpLoc, 5831 // When in a template specialization and on the first loop iteration, 5832 // potentially give the default diagnostic (with the fixit in a 5833 // separate note) instead of having the error reported back to here 5834 // and giving a diagnostic with a fixit attached to the error itself. 5835 (FirstIteration && CurFD && CurFD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 5836 ? nullptr 5837 : &NoArrowOperatorFound); 5838 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 5839 if (NoArrowOperatorFound) { 5840 if (FirstIteration) { 5841 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5842 << BaseType << 1 << Base->getSourceRange() 5843 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5844 OpKind = tok::period; 5845 break; 5846 } 5847 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow) 5848 << BaseType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5849 CallExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(Base); 5850 if (Decl *CD = (CE ? CE->getCalleeDecl() : nullptr)) { 5851 Diag(CD->getLocStart(), 5852 diag::note_member_reference_arrow_from_operator_arrow); 5853 } 5854 } 5855 return ExprError(); 5856 } 5857 Base = Result.get(); 5858 if (CXXOperatorCallExpr *OpCall = dyn_cast<CXXOperatorCallExpr>(Base)) 5859 OperatorArrows.push_back(OpCall->getDirectCallee()); 5860 BaseType = Base->getType(); 5861 CanQualType CBaseType = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType); 5862 if (!CTypes.insert(CBaseType).second) { 5863 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_operator_arrow_circular) << StartingType; 5864 noteOperatorArrows(*this, OperatorArrows); 5865 return ExprError(); 5866 } 5867 FirstIteration = false; 5868 } 5869 5870 if (OpKind == tok::arrow && 5871 (BaseType->isPointerType() || BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) 5872 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5873 } 5874 5875 // Objective-C properties allow "." access on Objective-C pointer types, 5876 // so adjust the base type to the object type itself. 5877 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 5878 BaseType = BaseType->getPointeeType(); 5879 5880 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5881 // [...] If the type of the object expression is of pointer to scalar 5882 // type, the unqualified-id is looked up in the context of the complete 5883 // postfix-expression. 5884 // 5885 // This also indicates that we could be parsing a pseudo-destructor-name. 5886 // Note that Objective-C class and object types can be pseudo-destructor 5887 // expressions or normal member (ivar or property) access expressions, and 5888 // it's legal for the type to be incomplete if this is a pseudo-destructor 5889 // call. We'll do more incomplete-type checks later in the lookup process, 5890 // so just skip this check for ObjC types. 5891 if (BaseType->isObjCObjectOrInterfaceType()) { 5892 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5893 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5894 return Base; 5895 } else if (!BaseType->isRecordType()) { 5896 ObjectType = nullptr; 5897 MayBePseudoDestructor = true; 5898 return Base; 5899 } 5900 5901 // The object type must be complete (or dependent), or 5902 // C++11 [expr.prim.general]p3: 5903 // Unlike the object expression in other contexts, *this is not required to 5904 // be of complete type for purposes of class member access (5.2.5) outside 5905 // the member function body. 5906 if (!BaseType->isDependentType() && 5907 !isThisOutsideMemberFunctionBody(BaseType) && 5908 RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType, diag::err_incomplete_member_access)) 5909 return ExprError(); 5910 5911 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p2: 5912 // If the id-expression in a class member access (5.2.5) is an 5913 // unqualified-id, and the type of the object expression is of a class 5914 // type C (or of pointer to a class type C), the unqualified-id is looked 5915 // up in the scope of class C. [...] 5916 ObjectType = ParsedType::make(BaseType); 5917 return Base; 5918 } 5919 5920 static bool CheckArrow(Sema& S, QualType& ObjectType, Expr *&Base, 5921 tok::TokenKind& OpKind, SourceLocation OpLoc) { 5922 if (Base->hasPlaceholderType()) { 5923 ExprResult result = S.CheckPlaceholderExpr(Base); 5924 if (result.isInvalid()) return true; 5925 Base = result.get(); 5926 } 5927 ObjectType = Base->getType(); 5928 5929 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5930 // The left-hand side of the dot operator shall be of scalar type. The 5931 // left-hand side of the arrow operator shall be of pointer to scalar type. 5932 // This scalar type is the object type. 5933 // Note that this is rather different from the normal handling for the 5934 // arrow operator. 5935 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) { 5936 if (const PointerType *Ptr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) { 5937 ObjectType = Ptr->getPointeeType(); 5938 } else if (!Base->isTypeDependent()) { 5939 // The user wrote "p->" when she probably meant "p."; fix it. 5940 S.Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_suggestion) 5941 << ObjectType << true 5942 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(OpLoc, "."); 5943 if (S.isSFINAEContext()) 5944 return true; 5945 5946 OpKind = tok::period; 5947 } 5948 } 5949 5950 return false; 5951 } 5952 5953 ExprResult Sema::BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Expr *Base, 5954 SourceLocation OpLoc, 5955 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 5956 const CXXScopeSpec &SS, 5957 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo, 5958 SourceLocation CCLoc, 5959 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 5960 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed) { 5961 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = Destructed.getTypeSourceInfo(); 5962 5963 QualType ObjectType; 5964 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 5965 return ExprError(); 5966 5967 if (!ObjectType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isScalarType() && 5968 !ObjectType->isVectorType()) { 5969 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && ObjectType->isVoidType()) 5970 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_pseudo_dtor_on_void) << Base->getSourceRange(); 5971 else { 5972 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_base_not_scalar) 5973 << ObjectType << Base->getSourceRange(); 5974 return ExprError(); 5975 } 5976 } 5977 5978 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 5979 // [...] The cv-unqualified versions of the object type and of the type 5980 // designated by the pseudo-destructor-name shall be the same type. 5981 if (DestructedTypeInfo) { 5982 QualType DestructedType = DestructedTypeInfo->getType(); 5983 SourceLocation DestructedTypeStart 5984 = DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(); 5985 if (!DestructedType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType()) { 5986 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DestructedType, ObjectType)) { 5987 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 5988 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 5989 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 5990 5991 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 5992 DestructedType = ObjectType; 5993 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 5994 DestructedTypeStart); 5995 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 5996 } else if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() != 5997 ObjectType.getObjCLifetime()) { 5998 5999 if (DestructedType.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 6000 // Okay: just pretend that the user provided the correctly-qualified 6001 // type. 6002 } else { 6003 Diag(DestructedTypeStart, diag::err_arc_pseudo_dtor_inconstant_quals) 6004 << ObjectType << DestructedType << Base->getSourceRange() 6005 << DestructedTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6006 } 6007 6008 // Recover by setting the destructed type to the object type. 6009 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6010 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ObjectType, 6011 DestructedTypeStart); 6012 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6013 } 6014 } 6015 } 6016 6017 // C++ [expr.pseudo]p2: 6018 // [...] Furthermore, the two type-names in a pseudo-destructor-name of the 6019 // form 6020 // 6021 // ::[opt] nested-name-specifier[opt] type-name :: ~ type-name 6022 // 6023 // shall designate the same scalar type. 6024 if (ScopeTypeInfo) { 6025 QualType ScopeType = ScopeTypeInfo->getType(); 6026 if (!ScopeType->isDependentType() && !ObjectType->isDependentType() && 6027 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(ScopeType, ObjectType)) { 6028 6029 Diag(ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange().getBegin(), 6030 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_type_mismatch) 6031 << ObjectType << ScopeType << Base->getSourceRange() 6032 << ScopeTypeInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocalSourceRange(); 6033 6034 ScopeType = QualType(); 6035 ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6036 } 6037 } 6038 6039 Expr *Result 6040 = new (Context) CXXPseudoDestructorExpr(Context, Base, 6041 OpKind == tok::arrow, OpLoc, 6042 SS.getWithLocInContext(Context), 6043 ScopeTypeInfo, 6044 CCLoc, 6045 TildeLoc, 6046 Destructed); 6047 6048 return Result; 6049 } 6050 6051 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6052 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6053 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6054 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6055 UnqualifiedId &FirstTypeName, 6056 SourceLocation CCLoc, 6057 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6058 UnqualifiedId &SecondTypeName) { 6059 assert((FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6060 FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6061 "Invalid first type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6062 assert((SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6063 SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) && 6064 "Invalid second type name in pseudo-destructor"); 6065 6066 QualType ObjectType; 6067 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6068 return ExprError(); 6069 6070 // Compute the object type that we should use for name lookup purposes. Only 6071 // record types and dependent types matter. 6072 ParsedType ObjectTypePtrForLookup; 6073 if (!SS.isSet()) { 6074 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 6075 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(ObjectType); 6076 else if (ObjectType->isDependentType()) 6077 ObjectTypePtrForLookup = ParsedType::make(Context.DependentTy); 6078 } 6079 6080 // Convert the name of the type being destructed (following the ~) into a 6081 // type (with source-location information). 6082 QualType DestructedType; 6083 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = nullptr; 6084 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed; 6085 if (SecondTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6086 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6087 SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6088 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6089 if (!T && 6090 ((SS.isSet() && !computeDeclContext(SS, false)) || 6091 (!SS.isSet() && ObjectType->isDependentType()))) { 6092 // The name of the type being destroyed is a dependent name, and we 6093 // couldn't find anything useful in scope. Just store the identifier and 6094 // it's location, and we'll perform (qualified) name lookup again at 6095 // template instantiation time. 6096 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(SecondTypeName.Identifier, 6097 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6098 } else if (!T) { 6099 Diag(SecondTypeName.StartLocation, 6100 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6101 << SecondTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6102 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6103 return ExprError(); 6104 6105 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6106 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6107 } else 6108 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &DestructedTypeInfo); 6109 } else { 6110 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6111 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = SecondTypeName.TemplateId; 6112 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6113 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6114 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6115 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6116 TemplateId->Template, 6117 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6118 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6119 TemplateArgsPtr, 6120 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6121 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6122 // Recover by assuming we had the right type all along. 6123 DestructedType = ObjectType; 6124 } else 6125 DestructedType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &DestructedTypeInfo); 6126 } 6127 6128 // If we've performed some kind of recovery, (re-)build the type source 6129 // information. 6130 if (!DestructedType.isNull()) { 6131 if (!DestructedTypeInfo) 6132 DestructedTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(DestructedType, 6133 SecondTypeName.StartLocation); 6134 Destructed = PseudoDestructorTypeStorage(DestructedTypeInfo); 6135 } 6136 6137 // Convert the name of the scope type (the type prior to '::') into a type. 6138 TypeSourceInfo *ScopeTypeInfo = nullptr; 6139 QualType ScopeType; 6140 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId || 6141 FirstTypeName.Identifier) { 6142 if (FirstTypeName.getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 6143 ParsedType T = getTypeName(*FirstTypeName.Identifier, 6144 FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6145 S, &SS, true, false, ObjectTypePtrForLookup); 6146 if (!T) { 6147 Diag(FirstTypeName.StartLocation, 6148 diag::err_pseudo_dtor_destructor_non_type) 6149 << FirstTypeName.Identifier << ObjectType; 6150 6151 if (isSFINAEContext()) 6152 return ExprError(); 6153 6154 // Just drop this type. It's unnecessary anyway. 6155 ScopeType = QualType(); 6156 } else 6157 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T, &ScopeTypeInfo); 6158 } else { 6159 // Resolve the template-id to a type. 6160 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = FirstTypeName.TemplateId; 6161 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 6162 TemplateId->NumArgs); 6163 TypeResult T = ActOnTemplateIdType(TemplateId->SS, 6164 TemplateId->TemplateKWLoc, 6165 TemplateId->Template, 6166 TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc, 6167 TemplateId->LAngleLoc, 6168 TemplateArgsPtr, 6169 TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 6170 if (T.isInvalid() || !T.get()) { 6171 // Recover by dropping this type. 6172 ScopeType = QualType(); 6173 } else 6174 ScopeType = GetTypeFromParser(T.get(), &ScopeTypeInfo); 6175 } 6176 } 6177 6178 if (!ScopeType.isNull() && !ScopeTypeInfo) 6179 ScopeTypeInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(ScopeType, 6180 FirstTypeName.StartLocation); 6181 6182 6183 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, SS, 6184 ScopeTypeInfo, CCLoc, TildeLoc, 6185 Destructed); 6186 } 6187 6188 ExprResult Sema::ActOnPseudoDestructorExpr(Scope *S, Expr *Base, 6189 SourceLocation OpLoc, 6190 tok::TokenKind OpKind, 6191 SourceLocation TildeLoc, 6192 const DeclSpec& DS) { 6193 QualType ObjectType; 6194 if (CheckArrow(*this, ObjectType, Base, OpKind, OpLoc)) 6195 return ExprError(); 6196 6197 QualType T = BuildDecltypeType(DS.getRepAsExpr(), DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc(), 6198 false); 6199 6200 TypeLocBuilder TLB; 6201 DecltypeTypeLoc DecltypeTL = TLB.push<DecltypeTypeLoc>(T); 6202 DecltypeTL.setNameLoc(DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 6203 TypeSourceInfo *DestructedTypeInfo = TLB.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T); 6204 PseudoDestructorTypeStorage Destructed(DestructedTypeInfo); 6205 6206 return BuildPseudoDestructorExpr(Base, OpLoc, OpKind, CXXScopeSpec(), 6207 nullptr, SourceLocation(), TildeLoc, 6208 Destructed); 6209 } 6210 6211 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXMemberCallExpr(Expr *E, NamedDecl *FoundDecl, 6212 CXXConversionDecl *Method, 6213 bool HadMultipleCandidates) { 6214 if (Method->getParent()->isLambda() && 6215 Method->getConversionType()->isBlockPointerType()) { 6216 // This is a lambda coversion to block pointer; check if the argument 6217 // is a LambdaExpr. 6218 Expr *SubE = E; 6219 CastExpr *CE = dyn_cast<CastExpr>(SubE); 6220 if (CE && CE->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp) 6221 SubE = CE->getSubExpr(); 6222 SubE = SubE->IgnoreParens(); 6223 if (CXXBindTemporaryExpr *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(SubE)) 6224 SubE = BE->getSubExpr(); 6225 if (isa<LambdaExpr>(SubE)) { 6226 // For the conversion to block pointer on a lambda expression, we 6227 // construct a special BlockLiteral instead; this doesn't really make 6228 // a difference in ARC, but outside of ARC the resulting block literal 6229 // follows the normal lifetime rules for block literals instead of being 6230 // autoreleased. 6231 DiagnosticErrorTrap Trap(Diags); 6232 ExprResult Exp = BuildBlockForLambdaConversion(E->getExprLoc(), 6233 E->getExprLoc(), 6234 Method, E); 6235 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6236 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::note_lambda_to_block_conv); 6237 return Exp; 6238 } 6239 } 6240 6241 ExprResult Exp = PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(E, /*Qualifier=*/nullptr, 6242 FoundDecl, Method); 6243 if (Exp.isInvalid()) 6244 return true; 6245 6246 MemberExpr *ME = new (Context) MemberExpr( 6247 Exp.get(), /*IsArrow=*/false, SourceLocation(), Method, SourceLocation(), 6248 Context.BoundMemberTy, VK_RValue, OK_Ordinary); 6249 if (HadMultipleCandidates) 6250 ME->setHadMultipleCandidates(true); 6251 MarkMemberReferenced(ME); 6252 6253 QualType ResultType = Method->getReturnType(); 6254 ExprValueKind VK = Expr::getValueKindForType(ResultType); 6255 ResultType = ResultType.getNonLValueExprType(Context); 6256 6257 CXXMemberCallExpr *CE = 6258 new (Context) CXXMemberCallExpr(Context, ME, None, ResultType, VK, 6259 Exp.get()->getLocEnd()); 6260 return CE; 6261 } 6262 6263 ExprResult Sema::BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, Expr *Operand, 6264 SourceLocation RParen) { 6265 // If the operand is an unresolved lookup expression, the expression is ill- 6266 // formed per [over.over]p1, because overloaded function names cannot be used 6267 // without arguments except in explicit contexts. 6268 ExprResult R = CheckPlaceholderExpr(Operand); 6269 if (R.isInvalid()) 6270 return R; 6271 6272 // The operand may have been modified when checking the placeholder type. 6273 Operand = R.get(); 6274 6275 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && 6276 Operand->HasSideEffects(Context, false)) { 6277 // The expression operand for noexcept is in an unevaluated expression 6278 // context, so side effects could result in unintended consequences. 6279 Diag(Operand->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_side_effects_unevaluated_context); 6280 } 6281 6282 CanThrowResult CanThrow = canThrow(Operand); 6283 return new (Context) 6284 CXXNoexceptExpr(Context.BoolTy, Operand, CanThrow, KeyLoc, RParen); 6285 } 6286 6287 ExprResult Sema::ActOnNoexceptExpr(SourceLocation KeyLoc, SourceLocation, 6288 Expr *Operand, SourceLocation RParen) { 6289 return BuildCXXNoexceptExpr(KeyLoc, Operand, RParen); 6290 } 6291 6292 static bool IsSpecialDiscardedValue(Expr *E) { 6293 // In C++11, discarded-value expressions of a certain form are special, 6294 // according to [expr]p10: 6295 // The lvalue-to-rvalue conversion (4.1) is applied only if the 6296 // expression is an lvalue of volatile-qualified type and it has 6297 // one of the following forms: 6298 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 6299 6300 // - id-expression (5.1.1), 6301 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6302 return true; 6303 6304 // - subscripting (5.2.1), 6305 if (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)) 6306 return true; 6307 6308 // - class member access (5.2.5), 6309 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) 6310 return true; 6311 6312 // - indirection (5.3.1), 6313 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(E)) 6314 if (UO->getOpcode() == UO_Deref) 6315 return true; 6316 6317 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(E)) { 6318 // - pointer-to-member operation (5.5), 6319 if (BO->isPtrMemOp()) 6320 return true; 6321 6322 // - comma expression (5.18) where the right operand is one of the above. 6323 if (BO->getOpcode() == BO_Comma) 6324 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BO->getRHS()); 6325 } 6326 6327 // - conditional expression (5.16) where both the second and the third 6328 // operands are one of the above, or 6329 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) 6330 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getTrueExpr()) && 6331 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 6332 // The related edge case of "*x ?: *x". 6333 if (BinaryConditionalOperator *BCO = 6334 dyn_cast<BinaryConditionalOperator>(E)) { 6335 if (OpaqueValueExpr *OVE = dyn_cast<OpaqueValueExpr>(BCO->getTrueExpr())) 6336 return IsSpecialDiscardedValue(OVE->getSourceExpr()) && 6337 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(BCO->getFalseExpr()); 6338 } 6339 6340 // Objective-C++ extensions to the rule. 6341 if (isa<PseudoObjectExpr>(E) || isa<ObjCIvarRefExpr>(E)) 6342 return true; 6343 6344 return false; 6345 } 6346 6347 /// Perform the conversions required for an expression used in a 6348 /// context that ignores the result. 6349 ExprResult Sema::IgnoredValueConversions(Expr *E) { 6350 if (E->hasPlaceholderType()) { 6351 ExprResult result = CheckPlaceholderExpr(E); 6352 if (result.isInvalid()) return E; 6353 E = result.get(); 6354 } 6355 6356 // C99 6.3.2.1: 6357 // [Except in specific positions,] an lvalue that does not have 6358 // array type is converted to the value stored in the 6359 // designated object (and is no longer an lvalue). 6360 if (E->isRValue()) { 6361 // In C, function designators (i.e. expressions of function type) 6362 // are r-values, but we still want to do function-to-pointer decay 6363 // on them. This is both technically correct and convenient for 6364 // some clients. 6365 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && E->getType()->isFunctionType()) 6366 return DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(E); 6367 6368 return E; 6369 } 6370 6371 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6372 // The C++11 standard defines the notion of a discarded-value expression; 6373 // normally, we don't need to do anything to handle it, but if it is a 6374 // volatile lvalue with a special form, we perform an lvalue-to-rvalue 6375 // conversion. 6376 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && E->isGLValue() && 6377 E->getType().isVolatileQualified() && 6378 IsSpecialDiscardedValue(E)) { 6379 ExprResult Res = DefaultLvalueConversion(E); 6380 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6381 return E; 6382 E = Res.get(); 6383 } 6384 return E; 6385 } 6386 6387 // GCC seems to also exclude expressions of incomplete enum type. 6388 if (const EnumType *T = E->getType()->getAs<EnumType>()) { 6389 if (!T->getDecl()->isComplete()) { 6390 // FIXME: stupid workaround for a codegen bug! 6391 E = ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.VoidTy, CK_ToVoid).get(); 6392 return E; 6393 } 6394 } 6395 6396 ExprResult Res = DefaultFunctionArrayLvalueConversion(E); 6397 if (Res.isInvalid()) 6398 return E; 6399 E = Res.get(); 6400 6401 if (!E->getType()->isVoidType()) 6402 RequireCompleteType(E->getExprLoc(), E->getType(), 6403 diag::err_incomplete_type); 6404 return E; 6405 } 6406 6407 // If we can unambiguously determine whether Var can never be used 6408 // in a constant expression, return true. 6409 // - if the variable and its initializer are non-dependent, then 6410 // we can unambiguously check if the variable is a constant expression. 6411 // - if the initializer is not value dependent - we can determine whether 6412 // it can be used to initialize a constant expression. If Init can not 6413 // be used to initialize a constant expression we conclude that Var can 6414 // never be a constant expression. 6415 // - FXIME: if the initializer is dependent, we can still do some analysis and 6416 // identify certain cases unambiguously as non-const by using a Visitor: 6417 // - such as those that involve odr-use of a ParmVarDecl, involve a new 6418 // delete, lambda-expr, dynamic-cast, reinterpret-cast etc... 6419 static inline bool VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(VarDecl *Var, 6420 ASTContext &Context) { 6421 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(Var)) return true; 6422 const VarDecl *DefVD = nullptr; 6423 6424 // If there is no initializer - this can not be a constant expression. 6425 if (!Var->getAnyInitializer(DefVD)) return true; 6426 assert(DefVD); 6427 if (DefVD->isWeak()) return false; 6428 EvaluatedStmt *Eval = DefVD->ensureEvaluatedStmt(); 6429 6430 Expr *Init = cast<Expr>(Eval->Value); 6431 6432 if (Var->getType()->isDependentType() || Init->isValueDependent()) { 6433 // FIXME: Teach the constant evaluator to deal with the non-dependent parts 6434 // of value-dependent expressions, and use it here to determine whether the 6435 // initializer is a potential constant expression. 6436 return false; 6437 } 6438 6439 return !IsVariableAConstantExpression(Var, Context); 6440 } 6441 6442 /// \brief Check if the current lambda has any potential captures 6443 /// that must be captured by any of its enclosing lambdas that are ready to 6444 /// capture. If there is a lambda that can capture a nested 6445 /// potential-capture, go ahead and do so. Also, check to see if any 6446 /// variables are uncaptureable or do not involve an odr-use so do not 6447 /// need to be captured. 6448 6449 static void CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures( 6450 Expr *const FE, LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI, Sema &S) { 6451 6452 assert(!S.isUnevaluatedContext()); 6453 assert(S.CurContext->isDependentContext()); 6454 assert(CurrentLSI->CallOperator == S.CurContext && 6455 "The current call operator must be synchronized with Sema's CurContext"); 6456 6457 const bool IsFullExprInstantiationDependent = FE->isInstantiationDependent(); 6458 6459 ArrayRef<const FunctionScopeInfo *> FunctionScopesArrayRef( 6460 S.FunctionScopes.data(), S.FunctionScopes.size()); 6461 6462 // All the potentially captureable variables in the current nested 6463 // lambda (within a generic outer lambda), must be captured by an 6464 // outer lambda that is enclosed within a non-dependent context. 6465 const unsigned NumPotentialCaptures = 6466 CurrentLSI->getNumPotentialVariableCaptures(); 6467 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumPotentialCaptures; ++I) { 6468 Expr *VarExpr = nullptr; 6469 VarDecl *Var = nullptr; 6470 CurrentLSI->getPotentialVariableCapture(I, Var, VarExpr); 6471 // If the variable is clearly identified as non-odr-used and the full 6472 // expression is not instantiation dependent, only then do we not 6473 // need to check enclosing lambda's for speculative captures. 6474 // For e.g.: 6475 // Even though 'x' is not odr-used, it should be captured. 6476 // int test() { 6477 // const int x = 10; 6478 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6479 // (void) +x + a; 6480 // }; 6481 // } 6482 if (CurrentLSI->isVariableExprMarkedAsNonODRUsed(VarExpr) && 6483 !IsFullExprInstantiationDependent) 6484 continue; 6485 6486 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for the variable, go ahead and 6487 // capture the variable in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6488 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6489 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6490 FunctionScopesArrayRef, Var, S)) { 6491 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6492 MarkVarDeclODRUsed(Var, VarExpr->getExprLoc(), S, 6493 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6494 } 6495 const bool IsVarNeverAConstantExpression = 6496 VariableCanNeverBeAConstantExpression(Var, S.Context); 6497 if (!IsFullExprInstantiationDependent || IsVarNeverAConstantExpression) { 6498 // This full expression is not instantiation dependent or the variable 6499 // can not be used in a constant expression - which means 6500 // this variable must be odr-used here, so diagnose a 6501 // capture violation early, if the variable is un-captureable. 6502 // This is purely for diagnosing errors early. Otherwise, this 6503 // error would get diagnosed when the lambda becomes capture ready. 6504 QualType CaptureType, DeclRefType; 6505 SourceLocation ExprLoc = VarExpr->getExprLoc(); 6506 if (S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6507 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6508 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/false, CaptureType, 6509 DeclRefType, nullptr)) { 6510 // We will never be able to capture this variable, and we need 6511 // to be able to in any and all instantiations, so diagnose it. 6512 S.tryCaptureVariable(Var, ExprLoc, S.TryCapture_Implicit, 6513 /*EllipsisLoc*/ SourceLocation(), 6514 /*BuildAndDiagnose*/true, CaptureType, 6515 DeclRefType, nullptr); 6516 } 6517 } 6518 } 6519 6520 // Check if 'this' needs to be captured. 6521 if (CurrentLSI->hasPotentialThisCapture()) { 6522 // If we have a capture-capable lambda for 'this', go ahead and capture 6523 // 'this' in that lambda (and all its enclosing lambdas). 6524 if (const Optional<unsigned> Index = 6525 getStackIndexOfNearestEnclosingCaptureCapableLambda( 6526 FunctionScopesArrayRef, /*0 is 'this'*/ nullptr, S)) { 6527 const unsigned FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda = Index.getValue(); 6528 S.CheckCXXThisCapture(CurrentLSI->PotentialThisCaptureLocation, 6529 /*Explicit*/ false, /*BuildAndDiagnose*/ true, 6530 &FunctionScopeIndexOfCapturableLambda); 6531 } 6532 } 6533 6534 // Reset all the potential captures at the end of each full-expression. 6535 CurrentLSI->clearPotentialCaptures(); 6536 } 6537 6538 static ExprResult attemptRecovery(Sema &SemaRef, 6539 const TypoCorrectionConsumer &Consumer, 6540 TypoCorrection TC) { 6541 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupNameInfo(), 6542 Consumer.getLookupResult().getLookupKind()); 6543 const CXXScopeSpec *SS = Consumer.getSS(); 6544 CXXScopeSpec NewSS; 6545 6546 // Use an approprate CXXScopeSpec for building the expr. 6547 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6548 NewSS.MakeTrivial(SemaRef.Context, NNS, TC.getCorrectionRange()); 6549 else if (SS && !TC.WillReplaceSpecifier()) 6550 NewSS = *SS; 6551 6552 if (auto *ND = TC.getFoundDecl()) { 6553 R.setLookupName(ND->getDeclName()); 6554 R.addDecl(ND); 6555 if (ND->isCXXClassMember()) { 6556 // Figure out the correct naming class to add to the LookupResult. 6557 CXXRecordDecl *Record = nullptr; 6558 if (auto *NNS = TC.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 6559 Record = NNS->getAsType()->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 6560 if (!Record) 6561 Record = 6562 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()); 6563 if (Record) 6564 R.setNamingClass(Record); 6565 6566 // Detect and handle the case where the decl might be an implicit 6567 // member. 6568 bool MightBeImplicitMember; 6569 if (!Consumer.isAddressOfOperand()) 6570 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6571 else if (!NewSS.isEmpty()) 6572 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6573 else if (R.isOverloadedResult()) 6574 MightBeImplicitMember = false; 6575 else if (R.isUnresolvableResult()) 6576 MightBeImplicitMember = true; 6577 else 6578 MightBeImplicitMember = isa<FieldDecl>(ND) || 6579 isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(ND) || 6580 isa<MSPropertyDecl>(ND); 6581 6582 if (MightBeImplicitMember) 6583 return SemaRef.BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr( 6584 NewSS, /*TemplateKWLoc*/ SourceLocation(), R, 6585 /*TemplateArgs*/ nullptr, /*S*/ nullptr); 6586 } else if (auto *Ivar = dyn_cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ND)) { 6587 return SemaRef.LookupInObjCMethod(R, Consumer.getScope(), 6588 Ivar->getIdentifier()); 6589 } 6590 } 6591 6592 return SemaRef.BuildDeclarationNameExpr(NewSS, R, /*NeedsADL*/ false, 6593 /*AcceptInvalidDecl*/ true); 6594 } 6595 6596 namespace { 6597 class FindTypoExprs : public RecursiveASTVisitor<FindTypoExprs> { 6598 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs; 6599 6600 public: 6601 explicit FindTypoExprs(llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> &TypoExprs) 6602 : TypoExprs(TypoExprs) {} 6603 bool VisitTypoExpr(TypoExpr *TE) { 6604 TypoExprs.insert(TE); 6605 return true; 6606 } 6607 }; 6608 6609 class TransformTypos : public TreeTransform<TransformTypos> { 6610 typedef TreeTransform<TransformTypos> BaseTransform; 6611 6612 VarDecl *InitDecl; // A decl to avoid as a correction because it is in the 6613 // process of being initialized. 6614 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> ExprFilter; 6615 llvm::SmallSetVector<TypoExpr *, 2> TypoExprs, AmbiguousTypoExprs; 6616 llvm::SmallDenseMap<TypoExpr *, ExprResult, 2> TransformCache; 6617 llvm::SmallDenseMap<OverloadExpr *, Expr *, 4> OverloadResolution; 6618 6619 /// \brief Emit diagnostics for all of the TypoExprs encountered. 6620 /// If the TypoExprs were successfully corrected, then the diagnostics should 6621 /// suggest the corrections. Otherwise the diagnostics will not suggest 6622 /// anything (having been passed an empty TypoCorrection). 6623 void EmitAllDiagnostics() { 6624 for (auto E : TypoExprs) { 6625 TypoExpr *TE = cast<TypoExpr>(E); 6626 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6627 if (State.DiagHandler) { 6628 TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getCurrentCorrection(); 6629 ExprResult Replacement = TransformCache[TE]; 6630 6631 // Extract the NamedDecl from the transformed TypoExpr and add it to the 6632 // TypoCorrection, replacing the existing decls. This ensures the right 6633 // NamedDecl is used in diagnostics e.g. in the case where overload 6634 // resolution was used to select one from several possible decls that 6635 // had been stored in the TypoCorrection. 6636 if (auto *ND = getDeclFromExpr( 6637 Replacement.isInvalid() ? nullptr : Replacement.get())) 6638 TC.setCorrectionDecl(ND); 6639 6640 State.DiagHandler(TC); 6641 } 6642 SemaRef.clearDelayedTypo(TE); 6643 } 6644 } 6645 6646 /// \brief If corrections for the first TypoExpr have been exhausted for a 6647 /// given combination of the other TypoExprs, retry those corrections against 6648 /// the next combination of substitutions for the other TypoExprs by advancing 6649 /// to the next potential correction of the second TypoExpr. For the second 6650 /// and subsequent TypoExprs, if its stream of corrections has been exhausted, 6651 /// the stream is reset and the next TypoExpr's stream is advanced by one (a 6652 /// TypoExpr's correction stream is advanced by removing the TypoExpr from the 6653 /// TransformCache). Returns true if there is still any untried combinations 6654 /// of corrections. 6655 bool CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams() { 6656 for (auto TE : TypoExprs) { 6657 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6658 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6659 if (!State.Consumer->finished()) 6660 return true; 6661 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6662 } 6663 return false; 6664 } 6665 6666 NamedDecl *getDeclFromExpr(Expr *E) { 6667 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast_or_null<OverloadExpr>(E)) 6668 E = OverloadResolution[OE]; 6669 6670 if (!E) 6671 return nullptr; 6672 if (auto *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) 6673 return DRE->getFoundDecl(); 6674 if (auto *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E)) 6675 return ME->getFoundDecl(); 6676 // FIXME: Add any other expr types that could be be seen by the delayed typo 6677 // correction TreeTransform for which the corresponding TypoCorrection could 6678 // contain multiple decls. 6679 return nullptr; 6680 } 6681 6682 ExprResult TryTransform(Expr *E) { 6683 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6684 ExprResult Res = TransformExpr(E); 6685 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred() || Res.isInvalid()) 6686 return ExprError(); 6687 6688 return ExprFilter(Res.get()); 6689 } 6690 6691 public: 6692 TransformTypos(Sema &SemaRef, VarDecl *InitDecl, llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) 6693 : BaseTransform(SemaRef), InitDecl(InitDecl), ExprFilter(Filter) {} 6694 6695 ExprResult RebuildCallExpr(Expr *Callee, SourceLocation LParenLoc, 6696 MultiExprArg Args, 6697 SourceLocation RParenLoc, 6698 Expr *ExecConfig = nullptr) { 6699 auto Result = BaseTransform::RebuildCallExpr(Callee, LParenLoc, Args, 6700 RParenLoc, ExecConfig); 6701 if (auto *OE = dyn_cast<OverloadExpr>(Callee)) { 6702 if (Result.isUsable()) { 6703 Expr *ResultCall = Result.get(); 6704 if (auto *BE = dyn_cast<CXXBindTemporaryExpr>(ResultCall)) 6705 ResultCall = BE->getSubExpr(); 6706 if (auto *CE = dyn_cast<CallExpr>(ResultCall)) 6707 OverloadResolution[OE] = CE->getCallee(); 6708 } 6709 } 6710 return Result; 6711 } 6712 6713 ExprResult TransformLambdaExpr(LambdaExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6714 6715 ExprResult TransformBlockExpr(BlockExpr *E) { return Owned(E); } 6716 6717 ExprResult TransformObjCPropertyRefExpr(ObjCPropertyRefExpr *E) { 6718 return Owned(E); 6719 } 6720 6721 ExprResult TransformObjCIvarRefExpr(ObjCIvarRefExpr *E) { 6722 return Owned(E); 6723 } 6724 6725 ExprResult Transform(Expr *E) { 6726 ExprResult Res; 6727 while (true) { 6728 Res = TryTransform(E); 6729 6730 // Exit if either the transform was valid or if there were no TypoExprs 6731 // to transform that still have any untried correction candidates.. 6732 if (!Res.isInvalid() || 6733 !CheckAndAdvanceTypoExprCorrectionStreams()) 6734 break; 6735 } 6736 6737 // Ensure none of the TypoExprs have multiple typo correction candidates 6738 // with the same edit length that pass all the checks and filters. 6739 // TODO: Properly handle various permutations of possible corrections when 6740 // there is more than one potentially ambiguous typo correction. 6741 // Also, disable typo correction while attempting the transform when 6742 // handling potentially ambiguous typo corrections as any new TypoExprs will 6743 // have been introduced by the application of one of the correction 6744 // candidates and add little to no value if corrected. 6745 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = true; 6746 while (!AmbiguousTypoExprs.empty()) { 6747 auto TE = AmbiguousTypoExprs.back(); 6748 auto Cached = TransformCache[TE]; 6749 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(TE); 6750 State.Consumer->saveCurrentPosition(); 6751 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6752 if (!TryTransform(E).isInvalid()) { 6753 State.Consumer->resetCorrectionStream(); 6754 TransformCache.erase(TE); 6755 Res = ExprError(); 6756 break; 6757 } 6758 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(TE); 6759 State.Consumer->restoreSavedPosition(); 6760 TransformCache[TE] = Cached; 6761 } 6762 SemaRef.DisableTypoCorrection = false; 6763 6764 // Ensure that all of the TypoExprs within the current Expr have been found. 6765 if (!Res.isUsable()) 6766 FindTypoExprs(TypoExprs).TraverseStmt(E); 6767 6768 EmitAllDiagnostics(); 6769 6770 return Res; 6771 } 6772 6773 ExprResult TransformTypoExpr(TypoExpr *E) { 6774 // If the TypoExpr hasn't been seen before, record it. Otherwise, return the 6775 // cached transformation result if there is one and the TypoExpr isn't the 6776 // first one that was encountered. 6777 auto &CacheEntry = TransformCache[E]; 6778 if (!TypoExprs.insert(E) && !CacheEntry.isUnset()) { 6779 return CacheEntry; 6780 } 6781 6782 auto &State = SemaRef.getTypoExprState(E); 6783 assert(State.Consumer && "Cannot transform a cleared TypoExpr"); 6784 6785 // For the first TypoExpr and an uncached TypoExpr, find the next likely 6786 // typo correction and return it. 6787 while (TypoCorrection TC = State.Consumer->getNextCorrection()) { 6788 if (InitDecl && TC.getFoundDecl() == InitDecl) 6789 continue; 6790 ExprResult NE = State.RecoveryHandler ? 6791 State.RecoveryHandler(SemaRef, E, TC) : 6792 attemptRecovery(SemaRef, *State.Consumer, TC); 6793 if (!NE.isInvalid()) { 6794 // Check whether there may be a second viable correction with the same 6795 // edit distance; if so, remember this TypoExpr may have an ambiguous 6796 // correction so it can be more thoroughly vetted later. 6797 TypoCorrection Next; 6798 if ((Next = State.Consumer->peekNextCorrection()) && 6799 Next.getEditDistance(false) == TC.getEditDistance(false)) { 6800 AmbiguousTypoExprs.insert(E); 6801 } else { 6802 AmbiguousTypoExprs.remove(E); 6803 } 6804 assert(!NE.isUnset() && 6805 "Typo was transformed into a valid-but-null ExprResult"); 6806 return CacheEntry = NE; 6807 } 6808 } 6809 return CacheEntry = ExprError(); 6810 } 6811 }; 6812 } 6813 6814 ExprResult 6815 Sema::CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(Expr *E, VarDecl *InitDecl, 6816 llvm::function_ref<ExprResult(Expr *)> Filter) { 6817 // If the current evaluation context indicates there are uncorrected typos 6818 // and the current expression isn't guaranteed to not have typos, try to 6819 // resolve any TypoExpr nodes that might be in the expression. 6820 if (E && !ExprEvalContexts.empty() && ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos && 6821 (E->isTypeDependent() || E->isValueDependent() || 6822 E->isInstantiationDependent())) { 6823 auto TyposInContext = ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos; 6824 assert(TyposInContext < ~0U && "Recursive call of CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr"); 6825 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = ~0U; 6826 auto TyposResolved = DelayedTypos.size(); 6827 auto Result = TransformTypos(*this, InitDecl, Filter).Transform(E); 6828 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos = TyposInContext; 6829 TyposResolved -= DelayedTypos.size(); 6830 if (Result.isInvalid() || Result.get() != E) { 6831 ExprEvalContexts.back().NumTypos -= TyposResolved; 6832 return Result; 6833 } 6834 assert(TyposResolved == 0 && "Corrected typo but got same Expr back?"); 6835 } 6836 return E; 6837 } 6838 6839 ExprResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullExpr(Expr *FE, SourceLocation CC, 6840 bool DiscardedValue, 6841 bool IsConstexpr, 6842 bool IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer) { 6843 ExprResult FullExpr = FE; 6844 6845 if (!FullExpr.get()) 6846 return ExprError(); 6847 6848 // If we are an init-expression in a lambdas init-capture, we should not 6849 // diagnose an unexpanded pack now (will be diagnosed once lambda-expr 6850 // containing full-expression is done). 6851 // template<class ... Ts> void test(Ts ... t) { 6852 // test([&a(t)]() { <-- (t) is an init-expr that shouldn't be diagnosed now. 6853 // return a; 6854 // }() ...); 6855 // } 6856 // FIXME: This is a hack. It would be better if we pushed the lambda scope 6857 // when we parse the lambda introducer, and teach capturing (but not 6858 // unexpanded pack detection) to walk over LambdaScopeInfos which don't have a 6859 // corresponding class yet (that is, have LambdaScopeInfo either represent a 6860 // lambda where we've entered the introducer but not the body, or represent a 6861 // lambda where we've entered the body, depending on where the 6862 // parser/instantiation has got to). 6863 if (!IsLambdaInitCaptureInitializer && 6864 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(FullExpr.get())) 6865 return ExprError(); 6866 6867 // Top-level expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 6868 if (DiscardedValue && getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 6869 FullExpr.get()->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 6870 FullExpr = forceUnknownAnyToType(FullExpr.get(), Context.getObjCIdType()); 6871 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6872 return ExprError(); 6873 } 6874 6875 if (DiscardedValue) { 6876 FullExpr = CheckPlaceholderExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6877 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6878 return ExprError(); 6879 6880 FullExpr = IgnoredValueConversions(FullExpr.get()); 6881 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6882 return ExprError(); 6883 } 6884 6885 FullExpr = CorrectDelayedTyposInExpr(FullExpr.get()); 6886 if (FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6887 return ExprError(); 6888 6889 CheckCompletedExpr(FullExpr.get(), CC, IsConstexpr); 6890 6891 // At the end of this full expression (which could be a deeply nested 6892 // lambda), if there is a potential capture within the nested lambda, 6893 // have the outer capture-able lambda try and capture it. 6894 // Consider the following code: 6895 // void f(int, int); 6896 // void f(const int&, double); 6897 // void foo() { 6898 // const int x = 10, y = 20; 6899 // auto L = [=](auto a) { 6900 // auto M = [=](auto b) { 6901 // f(x, b); <-- requires x to be captured by L and M 6902 // f(y, a); <-- requires y to be captured by L, but not all Ms 6903 // }; 6904 // }; 6905 // } 6906 6907 // FIXME: Also consider what happens for something like this that involves 6908 // the gnu-extension statement-expressions or even lambda-init-captures: 6909 // void f() { 6910 // const int n = 0; 6911 // auto L = [&](auto a) { 6912 // +n + ({ 0; a; }); 6913 // }; 6914 // } 6915 // 6916 // Here, we see +n, and then the full-expression 0; ends, so we don't 6917 // capture n (and instead remove it from our list of potential captures), 6918 // and then the full-expression +n + ({ 0; }); ends, but it's too late 6919 // for us to see that we need to capture n after all. 6920 6921 LambdaScopeInfo *const CurrentLSI = getCurLambda(); 6922 // FIXME: PR 17877 showed that getCurLambda() can return a valid pointer 6923 // even if CurContext is not a lambda call operator. Refer to that Bug Report 6924 // for an example of the code that might cause this asynchrony. 6925 // By ensuring we are in the context of a lambda's call operator 6926 // we can fix the bug (we only need to check whether we need to capture 6927 // if we are within a lambda's body); but per the comments in that 6928 // PR, a proper fix would entail : 6929 // "Alternative suggestion: 6930 // - Add to Sema an integer holding the smallest (outermost) scope 6931 // index that we are *lexically* within, and save/restore/set to 6932 // FunctionScopes.size() in InstantiatingTemplate's 6933 // constructor/destructor. 6934 // - Teach the handful of places that iterate over FunctionScopes to 6935 // stop at the outermost enclosing lexical scope." 6936 const bool IsInLambdaDeclContext = isLambdaCallOperator(CurContext); 6937 if (IsInLambdaDeclContext && CurrentLSI && 6938 CurrentLSI->hasPotentialCaptures() && !FullExpr.isInvalid()) 6939 CheckIfAnyEnclosingLambdasMustCaptureAnyPotentialCaptures(FE, CurrentLSI, 6940 *this); 6941 return MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(FullExpr); 6942 } 6943 6944 StmtResult Sema::ActOnFinishFullStmt(Stmt *FullStmt) { 6945 if (!FullStmt) return StmtError(); 6946 6947 return MaybeCreateStmtWithCleanups(FullStmt); 6948 } 6949 6950 Sema::IfExistsResult 6951 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, 6952 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6953 const DeclarationNameInfo &TargetNameInfo) { 6954 DeclarationName TargetName = TargetNameInfo.getName(); 6955 if (!TargetName) 6956 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6957 6958 // If the name itself is dependent, then the result is dependent. 6959 if (TargetName.isDependentName()) 6960 return IER_Dependent; 6961 6962 // Do the redeclaration lookup in the current scope. 6963 LookupResult R(*this, TargetNameInfo, Sema::LookupAnyName, 6964 Sema::NotForRedeclaration); 6965 LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 6966 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 6967 6968 switch (R.getResultKind()) { 6969 case LookupResult::Found: 6970 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 6971 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 6972 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 6973 return IER_Exists; 6974 6975 case LookupResult::NotFound: 6976 return IER_DoesNotExist; 6977 6978 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 6979 return IER_Dependent; 6980 } 6981 6982 llvm_unreachable("Invalid LookupResult Kind!"); 6983 } 6984 6985 Sema::IfExistsResult 6986 Sema::CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(Scope *S, SourceLocation KeywordLoc, 6987 bool IsIfExists, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 6988 UnqualifiedId &Name) { 6989 DeclarationNameInfo TargetNameInfo = GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(Name); 6990 6991 // Check for unexpanded parameter packs. 6992 SmallVector<UnexpandedParameterPack, 4> Unexpanded; 6993 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(SS, Unexpanded); 6994 collectUnexpandedParameterPacks(TargetNameInfo, Unexpanded); 6995 if (!Unexpanded.empty()) { 6996 DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPacks(KeywordLoc, 6997 IsIfExists? UPPC_IfExists 6998 : UPPC_IfNotExists, 6999 Unexpanded); 7000 return IER_Error; 7001 } 7002 7003 return CheckMicrosoftIfExistsSymbol(S, SS, TargetNameInfo); 7004 } 7005